1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
39 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
42 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
43 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
44 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
45 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
46 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
47 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
48 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
55 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
56 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
58 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
59 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
60 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
61 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
62 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
64 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
65 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
66 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
67 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
68 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
69 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
70 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
71 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
72 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
73 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
74 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
76 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
77 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
78 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
79 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
80 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
81 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
82 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
83 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
84 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
85 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
86 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
88 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
90 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
93 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
95 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
99 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
100 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
101 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
102 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
103 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
104 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
105 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
106 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
108 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
109 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
111 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
112 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
113 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
114 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
115 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
116 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
117 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
118 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
119 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
121 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
122 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
123 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
125 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
126 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
127 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
128 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
129 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
130 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
131 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
133 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
135 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
137 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
138 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
139 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
141 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
142 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
144 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
146 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
147 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
148 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
149 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
150 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
152 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
153 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
154 /* TOC base alignment. */
155 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
157 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
158 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
159 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
161 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
162 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
163 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
164 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
165 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
166 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
167 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
168 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
169 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
170 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
172 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
173 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
174 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
175 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
176 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
178 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
179 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
180 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
181 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
182 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
183 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
184 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
186 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
187 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
188 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
192 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
194 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
195 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
199 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
203 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
204 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
205 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
206 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
207 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
208 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
209 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
210 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
211 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
212 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
214 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
215 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
216 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
220 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
221 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
223 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
224 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
225 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
226 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
232 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
233 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
234 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
235 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
236 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
239 #define NOP 0x60000000
241 /* Some other nops. */
242 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
243 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
245 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
246 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
247 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
249 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
251 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
252 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
254 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
255 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
256 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
257 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
258 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
259 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
260 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
261 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
262 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
263 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
264 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
265 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
267 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
268 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
269 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
270 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
271 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
272 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
276 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
280 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
282 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
286 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
288 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
289 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
292 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
293 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
294 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
295 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
296 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
297 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
298 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
299 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
300 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
301 complain, special_func) \
302 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
303 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
304 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
306 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
308 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
310 /* This reloc does nothing. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
314 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
315 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
316 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
318 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
319 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
336 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
337 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
340 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
341 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
342 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
343 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
345 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
346 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
347 bits must be zero. */
348 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
349 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
351 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
352 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
353 two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
357 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
361 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
370 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
372 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
373 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
375 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
376 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
381 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
383 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
384 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
386 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
388 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
389 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
391 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
393 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
394 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
396 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
398 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
399 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
401 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
402 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
403 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
404 shared library into the object, because the object being
405 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
406 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
407 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
411 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
412 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
414 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
415 entry for a symbol. */
416 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
417 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
420 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
422 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
429 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
433 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
439 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
442 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
443 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
444 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
448 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
449 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
451 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
453 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
458 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
461 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
465 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
469 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
479 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
481 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
483 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
488 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
489 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
491 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
492 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
497 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
498 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
500 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
501 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
505 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
509 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
511 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
513 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
515 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
517 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
519 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
520 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
521 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
524 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
525 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
526 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
528 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
529 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
530 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
531 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
534 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
535 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
536 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
538 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
539 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
545 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
548 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
550 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
551 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
552 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
553 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
554 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
555 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
556 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
557 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
558 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
560 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
563 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
564 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
565 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
567 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
568 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
569 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
570 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
572 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
573 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
597 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
613 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
617 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
618 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
621 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
623 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
626 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
627 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
629 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
630 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
632 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
635 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
636 each plt call stub. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
640 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
641 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
648 definition of its TLS sym. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
650 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
652 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
653 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
654 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
662 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
699 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
703 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
707 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
711 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
744 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
745 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
757 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
762 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
763 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
775 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
780 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
792 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
797 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
809 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
823 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
828 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
832 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
833 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
842 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
843 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
854 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
858 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
864 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
866 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
882 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
890 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
892 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
894 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
898 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
900 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
901 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
903 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
904 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
907 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
910 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
913 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
919 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
922 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
925 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
946 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
951 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
952 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
957 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
970 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
973 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
979 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
980 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
985 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
989 ppc_howto_init (void)
991 unsigned int i
, type
;
993 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
995 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
996 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
997 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1001 static reloc_howto_type
*
1002 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1004 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1006 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1007 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1013 /* xgettext:c-format */
1014 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1016 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1019 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1021 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1023 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1025 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1027 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1029 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1031 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1033 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1035 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1037 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1039 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1041 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1043 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1045 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1047 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1049 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1051 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1053 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1055 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1057 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1059 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1061 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1063 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1065 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1067 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1069 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1071 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1073 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1075 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1077 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1079 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1081 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1083 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1085 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1087 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1089 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1091 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1093 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1095 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1097 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1099 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1101 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1103 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1105 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1107 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1109 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1111 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1113 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1115 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1117 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1119 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1121 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1123 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1125 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1127 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1129 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1131 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1133 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1135 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1137 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1139 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1141 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1143 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1146 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1148 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1150 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1152 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1154 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1156 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1158 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1160 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1162 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1164 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1166 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1168 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1170 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1172 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1174 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1176 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1178 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1180 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1182 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1184 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1186 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1188 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1190 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1192 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1194 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1196 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1198 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1200 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1202 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1204 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1206 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1208 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1210 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1212 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1214 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1216 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1218 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1220 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1222 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1224 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1226 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1228 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1230 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1232 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1234 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1236 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1238 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1240 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1242 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1244 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1246 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1248 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1250 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1252 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1254 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1256 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1258 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1260 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1262 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1264 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1266 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1268 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1270 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1272 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1274 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1276 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1278 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1280 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1282 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
;
1284 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
;
1286 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
1288 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
;
1290 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1292 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1294 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1296 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1298 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1300 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1302 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1304 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1306 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1308 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1310 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1312 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1316 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1319 static reloc_howto_type
*
1320 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, const char *r_name
)
1323 static char *compat_map
[][2] = {
1324 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34" },
1325 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34" },
1326 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34" },
1327 { "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34" }
1330 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1331 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1332 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1333 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1335 /* Handle old names of relocations in case they were used by
1337 FIXME: Remove this soon. Mapping the reloc names is very likely
1338 completely unnecessary. */
1339 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (compat_map
); i
++)
1340 if (strcasecmp (compat_map
[i
][0], r_name
) == 0)
1342 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: %s should be used rather than %s"),
1343 compat_map
[i
][1], compat_map
[i
][0]);
1344 return ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (abfd
, compat_map
[i
][1]);
1350 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1353 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1354 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1358 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1359 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1362 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1363 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1365 /* xgettext:c-format */
1366 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1368 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1371 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1372 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1374 /* xgettext:c-format */
1375 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1384 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1386 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1387 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1388 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1389 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1391 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1393 bfd_size_type octets
;
1396 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1397 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1399 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1400 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1401 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1403 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1404 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1406 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1407 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1408 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1409 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1410 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1411 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1413 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1414 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1415 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1418 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1419 value
= symbol
->value
;
1420 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1421 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1422 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1423 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1424 + input_section
->output_offset
1425 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1426 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1428 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1429 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1431 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1432 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1433 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1434 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1435 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1438 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1439 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1440 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1441 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1443 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1444 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1445 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1447 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1448 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1450 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1451 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1453 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1454 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1455 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1456 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1460 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1462 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1463 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1464 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1468 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1470 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1472 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1474 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1480 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1482 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1485 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1486 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1487 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1488 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1491 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1492 bfd_size_type octets
;
1493 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1494 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1496 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1497 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1499 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1500 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1501 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1503 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1504 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1505 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1506 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1507 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1508 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1509 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1513 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1514 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1515 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1516 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1518 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1528 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1529 target
= symbol
->value
;
1530 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1531 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1532 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1534 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1535 + input_section
->output_offset
1536 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1538 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1539 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1542 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1544 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1545 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1548 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1549 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1550 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1551 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1553 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1554 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1556 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1557 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1558 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1560 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1561 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1562 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1565 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1566 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1567 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1568 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1570 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1571 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1573 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1574 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1575 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1577 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1578 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1580 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1581 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1582 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1585 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1586 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1587 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1588 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1592 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1593 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1595 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1596 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1597 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1599 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1601 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1603 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1604 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1605 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1608 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1609 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1610 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1611 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1615 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1616 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1618 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1619 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1620 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1622 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1624 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1626 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1627 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1629 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1630 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1631 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1634 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1635 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1636 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1637 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1640 bfd_size_type octets
;
1642 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1643 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1645 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1646 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1647 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1649 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1651 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1653 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1654 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1655 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1658 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1659 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1660 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1661 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1666 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1667 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1668 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1670 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1672 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1674 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1675 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1676 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1677 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1678 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1679 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1681 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1683 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1684 + input_section
->output_offset
1685 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1688 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1689 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1690 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1691 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1692 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1693 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1694 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1695 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1696 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1697 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1700 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1702 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1703 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1705 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1706 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1708 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1709 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1710 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1712 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1714 static char buf
[60];
1715 sprintf (buf
, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1716 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
1717 *error_message
= buf
;
1719 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1722 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1723 than one got entry per symbol. */
1726 struct got_entry
*next
;
1728 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1731 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1732 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1733 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1734 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1735 we merge entries within the group.
1737 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1740 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1741 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1742 unsigned char tls_type
;
1744 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1745 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1747 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1750 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1752 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1756 /* The same for PLT. */
1759 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1765 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1770 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1772 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1774 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1778 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1779 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1780 asection
*deleted_section
;
1782 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1783 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1784 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1788 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1789 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1791 /* Section contents. */
1795 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1796 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1797 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1799 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1800 instruction not one we handle. */
1801 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1803 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1805 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1808 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1809 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1811 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1812 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1814 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1815 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1816 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1818 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1821 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1823 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1827 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1828 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1831 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1833 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1836 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1838 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1840 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1842 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1843 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1844 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1847 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1850 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1853 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1855 size_t offset
, size
;
1857 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1861 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1864 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1870 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1871 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1872 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1876 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1878 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1881 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1882 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1883 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1884 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1885 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1886 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1892 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1902 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1905 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1906 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1907 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1908 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1910 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1911 -Wstringop-truncation:
1912 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1914 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1916 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1917 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1921 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1922 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1933 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1934 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1935 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1936 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1937 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1938 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1939 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1940 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1941 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1943 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1944 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1949 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1951 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1953 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1954 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1955 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1956 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1957 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1958 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1959 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1962 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1968 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1970 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1974 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1975 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1976 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1977 struct _opd_sec_data
1979 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1980 asection
**func_sec
;
1982 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1986 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1987 struct _toc_sec_data
1989 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1992 /* And the relocation addend. */
1997 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
1999 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
2000 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
2001 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
2003 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2004 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
2006 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
2008 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
2011 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
2012 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
2015 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2017 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2019 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2020 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2022 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2025 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2028 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2032 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2034 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2036 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
2037 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
2038 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2043 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2044 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2047 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2048 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2049 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2053 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2054 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2055 static asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2057 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2060 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2062 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2063 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2065 /* Section symbols first. */
2066 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2068 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2071 /* then .opd symbols. */
2072 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2074 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2075 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2077 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2078 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2082 /* then other code symbols. */
2083 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2084 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2085 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2086 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2089 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2090 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2091 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2092 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2095 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2097 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2100 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2104 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2107 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2110 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2111 syms over other syms. */
2112 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2115 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2118 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2121 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2124 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2127 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2130 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2133 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2136 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2137 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2138 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2139 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2140 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2141 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2149 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2152 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2157 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2161 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2162 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2164 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2174 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2175 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2177 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2179 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2181 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2191 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2193 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2194 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2195 && section
->vma
<= vma
2196 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2199 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2200 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2201 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2204 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2205 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2206 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2212 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2213 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2214 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2216 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2222 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2223 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2235 symcount
= static_count
;
2237 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2241 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2245 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2247 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2248 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2249 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2250 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2252 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2253 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2255 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2257 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2258 function, and notype symbols. */
2259 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2260 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2261 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2262 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2265 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2266 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2267 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2269 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2271 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2272 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2273 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2274 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2275 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2276 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2277 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2279 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2280 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2282 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2283 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2284 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2285 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2286 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2292 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2293 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2294 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2295 to this function is the real binary. */
2296 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2300 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2301 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2302 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2303 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2304 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2308 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2309 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2313 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2314 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2318 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2319 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2320 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2321 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2329 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2334 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2337 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2338 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2342 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2349 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2353 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2354 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2357 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2360 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2363 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2366 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2367 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2368 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2371 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2372 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2378 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2385 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2387 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2391 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2392 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2395 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2398 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2401 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2404 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2405 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2406 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2411 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2412 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2413 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2416 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2417 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2419 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2420 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2421 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2428 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2429 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2431 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2432 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2433 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2436 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2438 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2440 free_contents_and_exit
:
2446 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2450 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2451 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2454 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2455 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2458 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2459 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2463 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2465 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2467 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2469 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2471 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2472 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2474 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2475 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2478 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2479 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2481 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2482 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2484 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2487 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2489 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2490 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2491 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2492 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2493 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2494 glink stubs now reside. */
2495 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2506 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2507 from the first glink stub. */
2509 unsigned int off
= 0;
2511 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2512 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2514 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2516 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2519 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2528 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2530 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2533 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2534 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2535 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2537 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2538 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2540 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2541 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2543 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2545 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2551 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2552 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2554 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2556 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2558 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2562 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2565 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2566 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2570 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2577 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2578 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2580 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2584 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2589 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2590 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2592 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2596 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2598 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2600 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2603 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2604 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2607 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2608 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2610 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2611 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2612 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2618 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2622 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2623 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2625 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2627 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2629 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2630 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2631 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2636 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2637 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2638 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2639 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2640 a) finding the stubs, and,
2641 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2642 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2644 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2645 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2646 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2647 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2648 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2649 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2650 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2651 for pending shared library loads. */
2652 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2653 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2657 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2658 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2659 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2660 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2661 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2662 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2664 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2667 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2668 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2672 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2673 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2674 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2675 names
+= strlen (names
);
2677 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2678 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2698 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2699 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2700 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2701 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2702 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2703 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2706 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2707 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2708 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2715 The function definition in another object file might be:
2719 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2725 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2726 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2727 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2728 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2729 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2737 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2738 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2739 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2747 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2749 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2750 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2753 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2754 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2755 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2756 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2757 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2758 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2759 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2760 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2761 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2762 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2763 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2764 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2766 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2767 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2768 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2770 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2771 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2772 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2775 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2776 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2781 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2782 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2783 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2784 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2791 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2792 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2793 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2794 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2795 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2798 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2799 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2800 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2801 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2802 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2803 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2804 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2805 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2806 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2807 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2808 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2809 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2810 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2811 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2812 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2813 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2814 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2818 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2819 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2820 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2821 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2822 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2823 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2824 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2825 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2826 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2827 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2828 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2829 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2830 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2831 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2832 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2833 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2835 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2837 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2840 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2841 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2842 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2845 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2846 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2847 reach its destination.
2848 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2849 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2854 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2855 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2856 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2857 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2858 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2859 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2861 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2862 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2865 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2866 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2867 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2869 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2870 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2873 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2875 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2876 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2877 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2878 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2882 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2883 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2884 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2885 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2886 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2887 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2888 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2889 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2890 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2891 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2892 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2898 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2899 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2902 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2908 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2909 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2911 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2912 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2913 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2917 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2923 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2924 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2926 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2927 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2928 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2932 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2933 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2934 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2936 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2937 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2938 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2940 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2941 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2944 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2945 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2946 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2948 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2949 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2953 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2954 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2955 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2957 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2961 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2962 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2963 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2964 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2965 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2966 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2967 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2968 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2969 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2970 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2971 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2972 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2973 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2974 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2975 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2976 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2977 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2978 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2979 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2985 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2986 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2987 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2988 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2989 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
2990 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
2991 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
2992 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
2994 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
2995 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
2996 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
2997 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
3001 /* Information on stub grouping. */
3004 /* The stub section. */
3006 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
3009 struct map_stub
*next
;
3010 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
3013 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
3014 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
3015 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3016 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3017 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3018 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3019 unsigned int eh_size
;
3020 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3021 unsigned int eh_base
;
3024 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3026 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3027 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3029 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3031 /* Group information. */
3032 struct map_stub
*group
;
3034 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3035 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3037 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3038 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3039 bfd_vma target_value
;
3040 asection
*target_section
;
3042 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3043 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3044 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3047 unsigned char symtype
;
3049 /* Symbol st_other. */
3050 unsigned char other
;
3053 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3055 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3056 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3058 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3059 unsigned int offset
;
3061 /* Generation marker. */
3065 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3066 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3068 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3070 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3073 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3074 unsigned int count
: 31;
3076 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3077 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3080 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3082 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3086 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3088 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3090 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3091 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3094 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3095 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3097 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3098 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3099 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3100 unsigned int fake
:1;
3102 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3103 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3104 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3105 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3107 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3108 with non-standard calling convention. */
3109 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3111 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3112 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3113 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3115 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3116 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3117 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3118 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3119 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3120 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3121 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3122 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3123 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3124 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3125 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3126 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3127 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3128 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3129 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3130 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3131 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3133 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3134 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3135 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3136 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3137 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3140 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3141 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3143 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3146 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3148 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3150 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3152 /* The stub hash table. */
3153 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3155 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3156 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3158 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3159 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3161 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3162 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3164 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3165 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3167 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3168 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3169 non-ppc64 sections. */
3172 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3177 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3178 struct map_stub
*group
;
3179 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3184 /* Linked list of groups. */
3185 struct map_stub
*group
;
3187 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3190 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3192 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3193 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3195 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3197 asection
*global_entry
;
3200 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3203 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3205 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3206 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3207 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3208 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3209 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3210 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3212 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3213 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3216 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3218 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3219 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3221 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3222 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3224 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3225 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3226 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3227 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3228 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3230 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3231 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3233 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3234 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3237 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3239 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3240 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3242 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3243 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3245 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3246 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3248 /* Whether any code linked seems to be Power10. */
3249 unsigned int has_power10_relocs
:1;
3251 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3252 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3255 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3258 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3259 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3261 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3263 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3265 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3266 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3268 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3270 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3272 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3273 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3274 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3276 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3278 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3279 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
3280 == PPC64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
3282 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3283 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3284 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3286 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3287 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3288 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3290 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3292 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3293 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3294 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3297 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3301 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3306 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3307 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3310 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3312 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3313 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3314 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3316 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3317 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3318 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3327 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3329 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3330 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3331 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3334 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3338 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3343 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3344 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3347 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3349 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3350 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3358 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3360 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3361 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3362 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3365 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3369 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3374 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3375 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3378 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3380 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3381 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3382 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3384 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3385 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3386 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3387 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3389 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3390 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3392 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3394 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3395 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3396 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3398 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3400 if (string
[0] == '.')
3402 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3404 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3405 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3406 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3413 struct tocsave_entry
3420 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3422 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3423 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3427 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3429 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3430 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3431 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3434 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3437 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3439 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3441 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3442 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3443 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3444 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3445 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3446 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3449 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3451 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3452 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3454 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3455 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3457 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3461 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3462 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3469 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3470 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3471 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3473 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3477 /* And the branch hash table. */
3478 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3479 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3481 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3482 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3486 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3490 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3492 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3495 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3497 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3498 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3499 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3500 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3501 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3502 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3503 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3504 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3505 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3506 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3507 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3508 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3510 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3513 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3516 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3518 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3521 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3523 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3524 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3525 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3527 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3528 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3530 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3531 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3535 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3538 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3539 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3541 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3542 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3545 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3546 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3547 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3549 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3550 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3553 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3555 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3556 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3557 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3560 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3561 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3565 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3566 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3567 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3568 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3571 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3572 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3574 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3575 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3576 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3579 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3580 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3581 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3582 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3584 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3585 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3588 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3590 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3592 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3593 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3596 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3599 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3600 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3602 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3603 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3604 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3608 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3609 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3610 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3616 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3619 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3620 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3622 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3624 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3626 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3627 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3628 the start of the output TOC section. */
3629 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3630 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3631 htab
->params
= params
;
3633 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3636 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3639 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3640 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3641 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3642 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3647 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3648 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3649 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3650 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3654 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3655 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3656 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3659 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3660 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3661 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3662 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3666 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3667 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3668 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3671 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3672 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3673 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3674 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3675 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3677 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3678 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3682 /* If mixing power10 with non-power10 code and --power10-stubs is not
3683 specified (or is auto) then calls using @notoc relocations that
3684 need a stub will utilize power10 instructions in the stub, and
3685 calls without @notoc relocations will not use power10 instructions.
3686 The two classes of stubs are stored in separate stub_hash_table
3687 entries having the same key string. The two entries will always be
3688 adjacent on entry->root.next chain, even if hash table resizing
3689 occurs. This function selects the correct entry to use. */
3691 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3692 select_alt_stub (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*entry
, bfd_boolean notoc
)
3694 bfd_boolean have_notoc
;
3696 have_notoc
= (entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
3697 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
3698 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
3700 if (have_notoc
!= notoc
)
3702 const char *stub_name
= entry
->root
.string
;
3704 entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
->root
.next
;
3706 && entry
->root
.string
!= stub_name
)
3713 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3714 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3716 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3717 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3718 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3719 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3720 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3721 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3723 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3724 struct map_stub
*group
;
3726 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3727 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3728 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3729 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3730 distinguish between them. */
3731 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3735 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3736 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3737 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3739 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3745 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3746 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3749 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3750 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3752 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3757 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
&& htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
3759 bfd_boolean notoc
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
3761 stub_entry
= select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
3767 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3768 stub entry are initialised. */
3770 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3771 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3773 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3775 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3776 struct map_stub
*group
;
3779 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3781 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3782 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3783 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3784 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3790 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3791 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3792 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3796 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3797 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3798 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3799 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3801 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3804 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3805 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3807 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3809 /* xgettext:c-format */
3810 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3811 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3815 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3816 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3820 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3821 not already done. */
3824 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3826 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3828 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3830 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3836 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3839 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3840 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3842 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3844 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3847 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3848 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3850 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3853 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3854 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3858 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3860 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3861 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3863 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3864 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3869 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3870 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3872 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3875 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3876 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3878 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3881 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3884 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3885 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3887 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3889 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3891 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3892 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3894 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3896 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3898 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3899 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3901 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3908 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3911 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3912 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3916 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3919 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3920 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3921 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3923 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3925 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3926 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3928 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3929 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3930 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3931 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3932 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3934 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3935 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3936 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3937 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3938 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3939 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3940 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3942 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3943 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3944 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3945 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3946 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3948 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3951 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3952 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3954 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3956 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3957 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3959 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3960 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3961 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3963 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3965 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3966 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3968 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3969 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3976 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
3979 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
3980 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
3983 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3984 symbol which just became indirect. */
3985 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3987 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3989 struct got_entry
**entp
;
3990 struct got_entry
*ent
;
3992 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3994 struct got_entry
*dent
;
3996 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3997 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
3998 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
3999 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
4001 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
4008 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4011 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4012 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
4015 /* And plt entries. */
4016 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
4018 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4020 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4021 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4022 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
4023 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
4024 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
4025 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
4026 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
4030 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
4031 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
4033 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4034 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
4036 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
4040 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
4042 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
4043 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
4047 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4053 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4054 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4059 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4061 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4062 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4063 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4065 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4066 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4067 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4068 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4072 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4073 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4074 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4075 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4078 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4079 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4081 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4088 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4092 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4093 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4094 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4096 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4101 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4105 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4106 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4107 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4109 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4110 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4111 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4112 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4113 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4114 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4115 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4117 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4118 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4121 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4122 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4123 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4125 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4127 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4130 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4132 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4133 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4134 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4136 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4137 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4138 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4146 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4149 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4150 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4151 bfd_boolean definition
,
4152 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4154 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4155 h
->other
= ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4156 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4159 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4160 we now have a real symbol. */
4163 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4164 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4165 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4166 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4167 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4168 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4169 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4171 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4172 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4173 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4177 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4178 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4179 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4180 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4182 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4183 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4184 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4187 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4191 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4193 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4194 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4195 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
)
4201 len
= strlen (name
);
4202 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4203 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4204 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4206 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4207 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4208 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4212 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4213 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4217 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4218 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4219 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4220 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4221 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4222 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4223 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4224 function entry symbol is used. */
4227 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4229 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4230 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4232 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4233 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4235 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4238 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4241 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4245 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4247 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4248 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4249 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4250 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4252 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4253 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4255 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4262 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4263 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4265 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4266 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4267 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4268 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4269 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4270 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4272 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4273 descriptor symbol. */
4274 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4275 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4276 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4277 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4279 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4280 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4281 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4282 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4283 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4284 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4285 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4286 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4288 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4296 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4297 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4300 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4302 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4303 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4304 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4306 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4308 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4309 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4311 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4312 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4313 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4315 /* xgettext:c-format */
4316 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4317 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4318 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4323 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4325 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4326 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4327 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4328 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4329 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4330 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4331 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4332 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4333 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4334 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4337 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4341 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4342 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4343 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4344 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4345 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4346 && info
->gc_sections
)
4348 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4349 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4350 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4351 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4352 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4353 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4354 information about the associated function section. */
4356 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4357 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4358 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4360 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4361 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4362 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4364 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4365 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4369 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4370 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4371 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4373 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4374 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4376 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4377 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4378 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4380 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4383 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
, ibfd
,
4387 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4392 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4393 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4394 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4397 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4401 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4402 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4405 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4407 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4408 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4409 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4410 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4412 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4413 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4416 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4421 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4422 not to be needed. */
4425 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4427 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4429 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4431 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4436 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4438 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4441 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4442 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4445 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4447 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4448 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4449 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4451 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4452 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4453 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4455 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4458 static struct plt_entry
**
4459 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4460 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4462 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4463 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4464 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4466 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4468 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4470 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4471 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4472 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4473 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4474 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4476 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4479 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4481 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4483 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4484 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4485 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4486 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4490 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4491 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4494 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4495 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4497 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4498 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4499 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4500 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4502 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4505 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4506 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4507 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4509 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4513 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4515 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4517 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4518 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4522 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4523 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4527 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4528 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4531 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4536 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4538 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4539 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4540 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4541 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4542 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4543 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4544 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4545 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4546 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4547 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4548 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4551 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4554 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4556 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4557 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4558 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4559 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4560 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4561 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4562 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4563 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4566 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4567 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4568 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4571 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4572 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4574 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4575 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4576 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4577 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4578 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4580 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4583 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4586 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4588 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4592 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4593 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4594 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4595 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4596 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4597 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4599 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4600 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4601 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4603 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4604 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4605 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4607 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4608 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4610 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4611 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4615 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4616 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4618 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4619 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4622 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4626 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4627 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4628 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4630 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4631 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4632 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4633 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4634 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4635 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4636 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4637 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4638 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4639 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4640 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4641 htab
->has_power10_relocs
= 1;
4649 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4650 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4651 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4652 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4653 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4654 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4655 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4656 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4657 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4658 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4659 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4660 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4661 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4662 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4663 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4664 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4665 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4666 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4667 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4668 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4677 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4680 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4685 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
4690 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4692 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4694 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4705 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4706 its parameter symbol. */
4708 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4710 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4712 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4714 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4717 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4718 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4719 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4720 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4721 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4722 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4725 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4726 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4727 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4728 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4729 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4730 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4733 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4734 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4735 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4736 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4737 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4738 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4739 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4740 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4743 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4744 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4745 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4746 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4747 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4748 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4750 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4754 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4755 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4756 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4757 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4758 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4759 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4761 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4762 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4763 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4764 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4765 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4766 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4767 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4768 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4770 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4771 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4774 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4775 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4780 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4781 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4783 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4784 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4785 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4786 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4787 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4791 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4792 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4795 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4796 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4798 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4799 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4800 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4801 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4803 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4804 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4807 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4808 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4809 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4813 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4814 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4815 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4816 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4817 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4818 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4821 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4826 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4827 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4828 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4829 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4830 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4832 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4833 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4835 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4836 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4840 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4841 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4842 section relative. */
4843 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4844 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4845 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4846 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4847 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4848 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4849 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4850 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4851 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4852 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4853 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4854 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4855 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4856 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4857 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4858 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4859 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4860 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4865 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4866 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4867 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4868 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4869 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4870 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4871 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4872 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4873 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4874 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4875 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4876 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4877 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4878 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4881 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4882 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4883 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4885 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4887 /* xgettext:c-format */
4888 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4889 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4890 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4891 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4892 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4898 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4899 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4900 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4902 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4903 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4904 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4905 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4906 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4907 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4909 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4911 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4912 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4913 these relocations is emitted. */
4923 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4924 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4925 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4926 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4930 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4931 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4932 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4933 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4938 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4939 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4941 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4943 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4944 we are going to need a stub. */
4947 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4948 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4949 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4950 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4954 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4956 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
4961 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4965 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4969 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4970 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4971 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4975 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4981 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4982 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4983 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4985 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
4987 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4989 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4990 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
4991 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4995 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4996 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4998 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
5001 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
5002 refers to is in a shared lib. */
5004 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
5008 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
5009 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
5010 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
5011 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
5014 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
5015 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
5016 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5017 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5020 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
5021 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5022 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
5023 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
5024 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
5026 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
5029 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
5030 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
5032 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
5033 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
5034 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
5035 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5039 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5041 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5043 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5044 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5047 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5048 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5052 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5053 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5054 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5055 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5057 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5058 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5059 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5061 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5062 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5064 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5065 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5066 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5068 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5069 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5070 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5071 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5072 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5073 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5076 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5077 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5078 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5079 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5080 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5081 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5082 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5083 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5084 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5085 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5086 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5087 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5088 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5089 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5090 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5093 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5095 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5096 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5099 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5103 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5104 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5105 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5106 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5107 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5108 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5109 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5110 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5111 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5112 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5113 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5114 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5116 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5117 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5118 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5119 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5120 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5121 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5122 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5124 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5125 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5127 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5128 function in a shared lib. */
5129 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5131 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5138 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5139 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5140 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5141 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5143 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5144 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5147 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5148 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5151 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5152 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5153 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5154 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5155 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5156 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5157 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5158 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5159 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5160 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5161 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5162 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5163 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5164 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5165 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5168 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5169 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5170 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5174 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5175 || !h
->def_regular
))
5177 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5178 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5179 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5180 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5181 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5184 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5185 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5189 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5190 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5196 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5197 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5200 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5201 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5203 head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5205 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5207 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5217 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5222 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5223 We really need local syms available to do this
5225 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5226 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5227 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5230 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5232 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
5237 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5241 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5242 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5243 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5245 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5247 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5249 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5255 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5271 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5272 object file when linking. */
5275 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5277 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5278 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5280 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5283 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5286 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5289 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5290 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5292 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5295 /* xgettext:c-format */
5296 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5300 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5303 /* xgettext:c-format */
5304 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5305 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5310 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5313 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5314 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5318 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5320 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5321 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5323 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5327 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5328 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5330 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5331 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5332 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5339 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5340 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5341 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5344 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5346 asection
**code_sec
,
5348 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5350 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5351 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5352 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5355 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5356 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5357 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5359 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5361 if (contents
== NULL
)
5363 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5364 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5365 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5368 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5369 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5370 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5372 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5373 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5375 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5381 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5387 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5389 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5390 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5395 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5396 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5402 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5404 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5406 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5407 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5409 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5411 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5413 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5417 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5418 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5420 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5424 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5426 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5427 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5429 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5430 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5432 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5433 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5436 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5438 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5439 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5442 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5443 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5444 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5446 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5448 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5449 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5456 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5458 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5460 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5463 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5464 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5469 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5475 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5481 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5484 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5485 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5488 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5489 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5491 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5493 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5498 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5499 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5508 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5509 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5510 otherwise return zero. */
5512 static bfd_size_type
5513 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5518 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5519 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5523 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5524 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5526 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5528 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5529 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5532 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5533 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5535 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5536 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5537 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5538 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5544 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5545 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5547 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5548 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5549 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5550 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5551 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5552 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5553 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5554 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5555 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5556 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5557 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5558 disable caching for such functions. */
5564 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5566 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5573 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5574 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5575 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5578 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5581 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5582 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5583 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5584 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5585 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5586 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5589 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5592 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5594 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5595 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5596 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5597 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5600 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5601 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5603 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5604 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5606 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5608 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5609 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5610 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5616 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5617 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5619 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5620 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5623 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5625 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5626 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5627 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5633 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5634 value in the output file. */
5637 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5639 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5640 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5641 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5644 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5647 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5648 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5650 return (h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
5651 || h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc
->elf
);
5654 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5656 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5659 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5661 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5663 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5665 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5666 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5668 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5671 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5674 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5676 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5677 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5682 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5684 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5687 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5688 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
5691 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5692 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5695 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5698 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5699 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5701 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5702 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5703 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5704 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5705 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5707 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5708 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5712 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5713 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5717 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5719 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5720 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5721 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5722 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5724 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5725 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5729 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5730 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5731 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5732 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5733 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5734 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5735 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5736 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5737 || info
->export_dynamic
5740 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5741 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5742 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5743 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5744 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5747 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5749 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5751 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5752 function code sym section to be marked. */
5753 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5756 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5757 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5759 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5760 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5761 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5762 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5763 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5769 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5773 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5774 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5775 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5776 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5777 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5781 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5782 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5784 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5789 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5790 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5792 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5795 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5796 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5800 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5802 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5803 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5804 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5805 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5808 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5809 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5810 against garbage collection. */
5812 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5813 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5817 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5818 function code sym section to be marked. */
5819 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5822 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5823 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5825 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5827 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5828 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5829 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5830 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5831 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5833 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5836 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5837 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5841 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5847 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5849 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5850 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5851 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5855 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5862 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5863 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5865 struct sfpr_def_parms
5867 const char name
[12];
5868 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5869 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5870 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5873 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5874 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5878 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5879 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5882 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5884 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5885 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5891 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5894 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5896 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5898 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5899 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5900 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5901 writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
));
5902 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5905 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5906 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5908 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5910 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5911 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5914 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5916 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5917 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5918 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5919 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5922 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5923 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5925 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5933 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5935 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5936 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5937 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5938 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5939 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5941 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5943 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5945 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5946 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5947 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5954 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5956 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5958 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5959 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5967 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5969 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5974 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5976 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5977 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5979 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5984 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5986 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5991 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5993 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5995 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5996 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6000 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
6001 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
6003 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6008 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6010 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6015 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6017 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6018 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6023 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6025 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6030 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6032 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6033 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6038 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6040 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6045 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6047 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6048 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6050 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6055 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6057 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6062 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6064 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6066 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6067 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6071 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6072 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6074 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6079 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6081 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6082 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6087 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6089 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6090 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6095 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6097 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6099 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6104 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6106 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6107 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6112 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6114 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6116 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6121 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6123 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6124 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6128 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6129 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6131 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6132 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6135 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6139 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6141 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6146 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6149 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6152 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6157 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6160 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6163 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6169 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6170 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6173 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6179 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6181 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6184 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6189 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6191 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6194 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6197 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6199 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6201 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6206 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6207 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6208 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6211 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6213 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6214 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6215 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6216 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6217 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6219 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6220 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6226 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6227 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6231 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6235 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6236 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6238 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6239 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6240 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6241 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6242 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6243 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6244 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6245 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6246 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6247 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6248 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6249 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6250 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6252 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6253 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6254 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6255 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6258 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6260 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6262 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6263 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6269 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6271 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6272 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6273 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6275 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6280 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6283 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6284 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6285 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6287 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6290 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6291 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6292 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6293 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6294 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6295 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6296 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6297 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6298 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6300 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6301 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6302 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6306 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6307 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6308 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6309 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6310 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6311 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6312 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6313 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6315 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6316 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6317 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6322 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6324 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6325 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6326 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6327 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6328 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6329 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6330 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6331 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6332 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6333 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6334 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6335 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6338 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6339 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6340 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6341 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6344 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6345 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6347 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6349 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6353 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6354 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6358 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6359 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6360 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6362 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6363 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6366 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6369 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6371 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6372 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6373 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6374 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6375 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6377 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6378 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6379 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6380 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6381 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6383 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6384 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6385 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6388 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6390 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6391 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6397 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6398 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6399 size_dynamic_sections. */
6402 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6404 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6407 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6409 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6411 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6416 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6419 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6421 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6423 for (p
= eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6424 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6429 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6430 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6433 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6435 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6437 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6441 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6442 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6443 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6449 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6450 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6451 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6452 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6456 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6457 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6459 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6462 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6466 /* Deal with function syms. */
6467 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6468 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6471 bfd_boolean local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6472 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6473 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6474 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6475 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6476 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6477 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6478 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6479 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6480 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6481 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6483 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6484 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6486 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6488 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6489 won't need a .plt entry. */
6490 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6491 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6492 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6495 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6497 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6498 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6499 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6501 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6503 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6505 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6507 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6508 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6509 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6510 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6511 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6512 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6513 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6514 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6516 if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6518 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6519 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6520 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6522 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6524 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6525 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6526 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6527 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6530 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6533 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6534 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6536 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6537 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6538 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6539 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6544 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6546 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6547 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6548 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6549 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6551 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6552 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6553 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6554 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6555 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6556 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6557 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6561 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6562 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6563 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6564 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6565 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6568 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6569 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6570 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6573 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6574 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6576 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6577 || info
->nocopyreloc
6579 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6580 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6581 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6583 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6585 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6586 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6587 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6588 to an incorrect program. */
6589 || h
->protected_def
)
6592 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6593 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6595 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6596 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6597 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6598 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6599 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6600 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6601 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6604 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6605 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6606 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6607 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6608 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6609 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6610 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6611 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6612 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6615 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6616 is not a function. */
6618 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6619 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6620 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6621 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6622 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6623 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6624 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6625 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6626 same memory location for the variable. */
6627 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6629 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6630 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6634 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6635 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6637 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6639 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6640 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6641 and into the runtime process image. */
6642 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6646 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6647 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6648 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6651 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6652 sym and the descriptor. */
6654 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6655 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6656 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6658 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6659 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6661 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6664 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6665 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6667 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6672 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6675 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6676 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6677 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6678 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6679 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6680 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6681 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6682 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6684 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6687 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6691 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6692 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6693 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6694 reason the lookup should fail. */
6697 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6698 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6700 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6701 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6711 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6716 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6717 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6719 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6720 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6721 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6724 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6726 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6728 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6729 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6731 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6732 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6740 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6742 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6743 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6744 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6745 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6749 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6750 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6754 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6755 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6757 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6759 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6760 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6761 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6762 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6763 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6764 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6766 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6768 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6776 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6777 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6779 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6781 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6782 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6785 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6786 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6788 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6789 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6790 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6791 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6792 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6794 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6800 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6801 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6802 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6805 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6806 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6807 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6808 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6809 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6812 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6814 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6815 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6819 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6820 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6823 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6824 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6825 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6827 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6828 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6831 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6834 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6835 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6838 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6839 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6840 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6841 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6842 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6843 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6844 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6845 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6846 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6847 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6849 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6850 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6855 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6857 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6858 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6859 enum insert_option insert
,
6860 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6861 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6864 unsigned long r_indx
;
6865 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6866 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6867 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6869 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6871 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6872 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6874 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6877 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6882 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6884 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6885 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6887 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6888 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6889 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6895 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6904 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6905 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6908 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6910 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6912 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6914 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6917 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6918 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6921 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6922 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6925 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6926 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6927 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6929 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6932 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6933 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6936 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6937 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6939 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6943 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6944 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6947 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6948 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6953 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6954 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6955 have already been determined. */
6958 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6960 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6961 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6962 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6963 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6965 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6966 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6968 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6969 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6970 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
6977 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
6978 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
6979 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
6980 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
6981 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
6986 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
6987 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
6988 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
6989 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
6990 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
6991 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
6992 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
6993 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
6994 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
6995 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
6996 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
6997 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
6998 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
6999 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
7000 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
7001 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
7002 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
7006 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
7007 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7008 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7009 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
7010 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
7011 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
7012 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
7013 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
7014 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
7015 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
7016 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
7017 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
7018 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
7019 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
7020 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
7021 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
7022 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
7023 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
7024 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
7025 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
7028 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
7029 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
7030 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
7031 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7032 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7033 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7034 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7039 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7041 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7042 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7044 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
7045 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7050 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7051 || !h
->def_regular
))
7053 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7054 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7055 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7056 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7057 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7059 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7060 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7067 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7068 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7069 pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7071 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7072 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7073 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7074 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7075 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7078 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7082 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7095 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7097 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
7099 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7100 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7101 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7104 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7105 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7107 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7110 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7111 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7113 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7124 /* xgettext:c-format */
7125 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7127 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7131 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7132 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7133 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7134 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7138 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7141 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7142 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7143 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7145 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7149 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7152 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7153 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7154 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7155 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7156 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7157 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7159 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7162 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7163 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7166 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7169 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7172 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7173 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7177 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7179 /* Read the relocations. */
7180 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7182 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7185 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7186 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7190 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7191 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7193 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7194 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7196 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7197 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7200 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7201 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7203 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7204 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7205 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7207 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7208 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7209 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7210 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7211 optimization for them! */
7214 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7219 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7220 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7223 /* xgettext:c-format */
7224 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7230 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7231 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7235 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7237 const char *sym_name
;
7239 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7241 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7245 /* xgettext:c-format */
7246 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7252 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7253 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7254 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7255 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7256 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7257 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7258 which we test for via the output_section. */
7259 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7260 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7264 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7265 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7266 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7271 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7276 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7283 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7284 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7285 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7287 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7289 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7296 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7298 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7300 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7301 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7302 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7303 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7306 new_contents
= NULL
;
7307 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7308 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7309 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7310 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7313 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7314 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7315 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7316 the third word of .opd entries. */
7317 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7320 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7324 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7326 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7330 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7331 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7334 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7336 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7339 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7340 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7344 wptr
= new_contents
;
7345 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7346 write_rel
= relstart
;
7347 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7349 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7351 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7352 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7353 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7355 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7358 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7359 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7364 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7365 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7366 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7369 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7370 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7373 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7375 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7378 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7382 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7384 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7387 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7388 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7389 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7394 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7395 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7398 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7400 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7402 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7403 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7405 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7407 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7412 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7416 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7419 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7420 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7427 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7432 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7433 this location in the opd section. It is
7434 necessary to update the value here rather
7435 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7436 for local symbols, because various places
7437 in the generic ELF code use the value
7438 stored in u.def.value. */
7439 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7440 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7443 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7444 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7445 we'd need to look through the local syms
7446 for the function descriptor sym which we
7447 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7448 array of adjustments. */
7449 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7450 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7453 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7454 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7455 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7457 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7461 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7463 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7465 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7466 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7467 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7472 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7475 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7476 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7479 free (sec
->contents
);
7480 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7483 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7484 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7485 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7486 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7489 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7492 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7493 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7495 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7498 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7503 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7505 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7506 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7507 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7511 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7513 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7515 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7519 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7520 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7523 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7524 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7528 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7532 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7535 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7536 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7542 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7543 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7546 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7548 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7551 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7553 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7557 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7558 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7559 between the call and its destination. */
7560 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7562 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7568 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7575 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7576 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7578 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7580 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7581 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7584 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7585 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7587 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7589 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7593 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7594 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7595 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7596 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7597 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7598 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7599 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7600 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7601 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7602 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7603 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7604 together except their symbol. */
7606 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7608 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7609 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7611 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7615 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7617 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7618 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7619 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7621 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7623 /* Read the relocations. */
7624 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7626 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7629 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7630 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7632 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7633 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7635 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7636 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7637 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7639 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7640 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7641 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7644 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7645 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7648 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7650 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7655 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7659 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7662 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7663 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7664 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7665 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7666 + sec
->output_offset
7667 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7668 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7669 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7670 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7671 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7672 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7673 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7676 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7680 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7681 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7683 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7686 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7693 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7696 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7698 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7699 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7701 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7705 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7708 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7709 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7710 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7711 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7713 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7714 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7715 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7716 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7717 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7718 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7719 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7720 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7721 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7722 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7723 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7724 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7725 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7726 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7727 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7728 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7729 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7730 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7731 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7733 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7734 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7736 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7737 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7738 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7740 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7742 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7743 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7744 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7745 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7747 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7748 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7749 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7751 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7752 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7753 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7754 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7756 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7758 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7760 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7761 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7763 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7764 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7765 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7767 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7768 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7770 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7771 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7772 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7773 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7774 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7776 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7777 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7778 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7779 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7781 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7783 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7784 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7785 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7786 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7789 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7791 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7794 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7795 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7797 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7798 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7799 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7805 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7806 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7807 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7808 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7810 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7812 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7813 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7814 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7815 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7818 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7820 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7821 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7822 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7823 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7824 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7829 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7830 tga
= &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
;
7831 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7833 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7834 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7835 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7836 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7838 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7840 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7842 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7843 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7844 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7846 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7847 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7850 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7852 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7853 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7855 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7856 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7857 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7858 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7860 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7861 desc
->forced_local
);
7862 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7864 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7865 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7866 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7868 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7869 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7875 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7876 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7879 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7880 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7881 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7882 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7884 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
7887 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7888 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7891 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
7892 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7893 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7894 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7895 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7896 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7898 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7899 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7900 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7902 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7904 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7905 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7907 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7908 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7909 if (h
== &hash1
->elf
|| h
== &hash2
->elf
7910 || h
== &hash3
->elf
|| h
== &hash4
->elf
)
7916 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7917 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7918 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7919 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7920 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7921 dynamic relocations. */
7924 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7928 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7929 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7932 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7935 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7939 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7940 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7941 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7942 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7943 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7944 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7945 and plt refcounts. */
7947 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7948 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7950 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7951 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7953 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7954 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7956 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7957 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7959 /* Read the relocations. */
7960 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7962 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7968 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7969 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7971 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7972 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7973 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7974 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7976 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
7977 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
7979 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
7980 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
7981 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
7982 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7984 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7985 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
7989 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7992 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
7993 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
8000 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8001 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8002 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8003 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8007 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8012 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
8013 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
8014 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8017 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
8021 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8023 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
8024 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8026 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8027 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8028 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8029 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
8030 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
8031 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8032 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8033 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8035 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8039 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8040 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8041 without marker relocs, then check that each
8042 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8043 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8044 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8045 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8047 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8049 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8050 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8051 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8053 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8054 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8055 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8060 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8063 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8064 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8065 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
8066 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8067 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8070 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8071 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8072 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8073 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8074 that turns out to be the case. */
8081 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8084 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8085 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8086 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
8087 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8088 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8091 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8092 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8098 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8100 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8103 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
8104 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8105 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8106 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8107 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8112 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8113 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8123 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8124 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8127 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8129 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8130 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8132 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8133 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8138 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8140 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8143 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8147 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8148 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8153 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8158 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8159 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8162 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8163 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8164 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8165 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8166 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8168 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8169 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8173 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8175 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8176 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8179 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8180 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8181 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8182 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8183 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8184 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8186 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8190 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8195 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8198 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8202 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8207 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8208 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8213 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8217 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8219 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8221 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8222 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8226 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8229 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8238 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8249 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8250 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8253 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8254 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8255 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8260 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8262 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8263 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8266 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8271 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8273 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8274 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8275 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8277 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8283 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8284 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8285 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8286 the entire optimization. */
8287 /* xgettext:c-format */
8288 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8289 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8290 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8295 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8296 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8297 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8298 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8299 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8300 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8301 Disable optimization in this case. */
8302 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8303 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8304 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8305 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8306 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8309 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8311 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8313 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8314 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8317 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8320 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8321 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8324 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8327 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8328 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8331 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8334 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8335 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8338 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8342 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8343 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8349 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8351 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8353 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8357 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8359 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8360 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8361 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8362 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8369 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8370 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8371 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8376 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8377 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8378 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8382 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8384 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8390 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8391 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8394 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8399 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8401 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8404 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8409 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
8413 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8414 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8415 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8416 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8417 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8419 struct adjust_toc_info
8422 unsigned long *skip
;
8423 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8426 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8429 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8431 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8432 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8435 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8436 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8439 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8440 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8443 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8445 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8446 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8448 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8450 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8453 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8456 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8457 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8460 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8461 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8463 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8464 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8469 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8470 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8473 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8475 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8476 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8477 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8478 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8479 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8480 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8481 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8482 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8483 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8484 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8485 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8486 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8487 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8488 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8489 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8490 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8491 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8492 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8493 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8494 will need testing too. */
8495 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8496 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8498 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8499 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8500 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8501 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8502 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8503 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8506 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8507 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8508 load/store rt,off(ra)
8511 load/store rt,off(ra)
8512 may be translated to
8513 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8515 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8516 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8518 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8519 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8520 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8523 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8525 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8526 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8529 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8531 /* Check that regs match. */
8532 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8535 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8536 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8539 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8541 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8542 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8548 /* Check that regs match. */
8549 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8552 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8568 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8570 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8571 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8572 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8575 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8576 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8578 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8579 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8580 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8581 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8584 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8585 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8587 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8588 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8589 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8590 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8593 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8594 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8596 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8598 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8599 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8600 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8601 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8605 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8606 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8607 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8608 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8613 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8614 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8615 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8618 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8619 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8621 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8622 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8623 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8624 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8627 case 62: /* std, stq */
8628 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8630 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8631 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8632 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8633 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8638 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8639 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8643 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8644 unused .toc entries. */
8647 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8650 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8651 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8653 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8654 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8655 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8657 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8658 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8659 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8660 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8661 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8662 unsigned char *used
;
8663 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8665 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8668 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8671 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8672 || discarded_section (toc
))
8677 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8679 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8682 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8684 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8685 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8686 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8687 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8688 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8691 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8692 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8695 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8697 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8699 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8700 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8702 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8703 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8706 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8713 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8714 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8715 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8716 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8717 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8721 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8722 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8730 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8732 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8733 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8735 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8738 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8739 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8745 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8750 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8753 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8757 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8758 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8759 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8761 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8762 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8763 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8764 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8766 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8767 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8768 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8770 /* Read toc relocs. */
8771 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8773 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8776 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8778 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8779 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8781 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8782 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8785 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8786 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8789 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8790 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8795 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8796 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8799 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8804 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8806 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8810 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8812 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8814 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8815 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8817 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8818 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8819 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8820 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8821 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8822 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8825 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8826 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8831 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8836 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8837 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8844 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8848 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8851 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8853 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8859 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8860 Check the toc itself last. */
8861 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8864 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8865 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8866 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8871 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8872 || discarded_section (sec
)
8873 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8874 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8875 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8878 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8880 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8886 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8890 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8892 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8893 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8895 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8896 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8899 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8903 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8904 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8905 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8906 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8907 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8908 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8909 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8916 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8917 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8928 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8930 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8931 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8933 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8936 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8943 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8946 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8947 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
8948 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
8949 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
8955 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
8960 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
8961 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
8968 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
8969 entry itself isn't unused. */
8970 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8971 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
8974 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
8983 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8987 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
8988 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
8989 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
8990 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
8991 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
8996 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
8997 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
9001 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9004 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
9014 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
9016 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9017 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9019 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
9020 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
9021 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
9024 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9026 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
9027 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
9030 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9035 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9039 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9040 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9042 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9043 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9044 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9046 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9047 || discarded_section (sec
))
9050 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9052 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9055 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9057 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9058 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9060 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9063 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9070 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9071 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9072 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9073 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9074 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9075 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9079 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9080 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9088 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9091 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9093 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
9096 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9098 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9100 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9102 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9104 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9105 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9106 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9110 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9111 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9114 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9115 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9119 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9121 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9122 /* xgettext:c-format */
9123 (_("%H: %s references "
9124 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9125 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9126 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9127 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9130 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9131 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9135 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9138 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9139 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9142 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9146 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9147 but handle them anyway. */
9148 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9149 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9150 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9152 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9153 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9157 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9158 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9160 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9162 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9166 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9167 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9170 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9171 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9174 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9175 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9178 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9179 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9182 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9183 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9184 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9188 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9190 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9191 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9194 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9195 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9196 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9198 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9202 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9203 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9204 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9206 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9207 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9208 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9211 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9212 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9215 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9216 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9217 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9218 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9219 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9222 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9225 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9226 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9228 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9231 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9236 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9237 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9238 number of GOT entries. */
9239 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9242 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9243 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9244 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9247 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9250 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9253 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9256 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9259 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9261 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9263 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9264 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9265 || discarded_section (sec
))
9268 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9270 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9273 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9276 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9281 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9283 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9284 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9285 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9287 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9288 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9290 unsigned char buf
[8];
9292 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9294 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9298 insn_check
= no_check
;
9301 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9302 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9303 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9304 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9305 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9306 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9307 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9308 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9311 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9312 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9313 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9314 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9315 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9316 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9317 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9318 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9319 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9320 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9321 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9325 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9327 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9329 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9332 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9333 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9334 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9335 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9336 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9340 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9341 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9342 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9343 /* xgettext:c-format */
9344 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9345 " %s instruction\n"),
9346 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9353 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9354 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9355 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9356 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9357 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9358 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9362 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9363 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9364 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9368 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9369 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9374 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9375 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9378 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9381 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9385 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9387 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9388 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9389 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9391 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9392 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9393 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9400 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9401 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9402 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9405 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9406 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9408 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9409 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9410 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9414 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9415 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9416 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9418 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9419 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9421 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9422 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9426 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9428 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9429 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9430 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9432 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9433 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9435 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9436 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9438 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9439 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9449 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9450 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9452 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9453 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9454 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9455 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9457 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9458 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9461 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9465 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9466 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9468 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9471 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9478 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9479 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9482 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9484 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9485 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9488 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9491 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9492 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9493 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9495 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9496 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9497 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9499 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9500 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9501 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9503 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9504 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9506 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9508 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9509 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9511 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9512 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9513 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9514 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9515 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9517 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9518 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9520 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9521 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9525 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9528 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9530 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9532 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9533 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9534 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9535 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9536 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9537 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9538 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9540 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9541 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9545 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9548 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9549 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9551 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9553 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9554 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9555 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9556 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9559 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9560 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9564 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9568 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9570 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9571 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9573 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9574 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9576 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9579 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9580 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9584 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9585 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9587 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9588 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9589 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9590 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9592 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9593 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9594 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9595 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9596 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9597 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9598 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9599 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9601 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9605 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9606 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9607 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9610 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9611 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9613 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9614 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9615 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9617 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9618 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9620 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9621 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9624 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9627 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9629 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9630 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9632 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9633 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9635 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9637 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9640 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9643 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9646 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9647 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9648 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9649 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9650 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9652 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9653 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9654 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9655 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9657 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9658 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9659 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9660 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9662 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9664 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9666 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9667 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9668 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9669 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9670 visibility changes. */
9671 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9673 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9674 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9675 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9676 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9677 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9678 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9679 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9680 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9682 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9684 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9693 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9695 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9696 should be made dynamic. */
9697 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9702 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9703 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9704 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9706 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9708 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9710 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9711 should be made dynamic. */
9712 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9715 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9716 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9717 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9720 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9723 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9724 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9726 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9727 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9728 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9729 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9733 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9736 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9737 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9738 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9739 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9740 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9743 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9744 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9745 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9746 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9748 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9749 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9750 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9751 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9753 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9754 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9756 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9759 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9760 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9761 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9766 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9767 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9768 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9773 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9777 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9779 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9781 /* Make room for this entry. */
9782 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9784 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9787 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9790 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9791 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9798 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9799 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9802 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9806 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9809 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9815 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9822 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9823 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9824 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9826 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9827 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9829 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9830 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9831 after the branch table. */
9834 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9836 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9837 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9838 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9841 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9844 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9851 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9855 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9856 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9857 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9858 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9859 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9861 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9862 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9863 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9864 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9865 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9866 unsigned int align_power
;
9870 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9871 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9873 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9874 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9875 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9876 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9877 entry stubs are needed. */
9878 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9879 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9880 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9881 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9882 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9883 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9884 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9885 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9886 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9887 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9888 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9889 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9890 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9892 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9894 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9895 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9896 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9897 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9903 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9906 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9907 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9909 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9914 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
9916 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9920 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9924 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9926 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9927 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9929 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9932 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9933 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9937 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9939 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9941 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
9942 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
9943 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
9944 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
9945 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
9946 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9947 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9949 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9952 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9954 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
9956 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9958 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
9959 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
9961 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
9962 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
9963 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
9966 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
9968 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9970 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9971 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9972 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9973 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9978 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9982 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9983 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9984 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
9985 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
9986 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9987 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
9988 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9989 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
9991 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
9994 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
9995 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9997 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
9999 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
10004 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
10005 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10007 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10008 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
10013 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
10014 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10016 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
10017 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
10019 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10020 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
10021 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
10023 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10024 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10033 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10034 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10035 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10037 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10039 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10040 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10042 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10044 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10045 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10046 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10047 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10049 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10050 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10051 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10054 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10055 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10056 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10057 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10058 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10062 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10066 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10067 sym dynamic relocs. */
10068 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10070 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10071 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10073 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10074 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10076 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10078 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10081 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10082 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10084 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10086 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
10087 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10091 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10093 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10094 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10097 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10099 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10100 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10105 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10108 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10109 Allocate memory for them. */
10111 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10113 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10116 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10117 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10119 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10120 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10121 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10122 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10123 || s
== htab
->glink
10124 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10125 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10126 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10128 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10131 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10133 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10134 /* Not sized yet. */
10137 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10141 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10144 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10145 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10146 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10151 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10157 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10158 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10159 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10160 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10161 before the linker maps input sections to output
10162 sections. The linker does that before
10163 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10164 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10165 into these sections. */
10166 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10170 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10171 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10174 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10177 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10178 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10179 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10180 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10181 sections instead of garbage.
10182 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10183 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10184 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10185 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10189 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10191 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10194 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10195 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10198 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10201 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10202 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10206 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10210 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10213 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10214 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10217 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10222 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10224 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10226 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10227 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10228 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10229 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10230 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10231 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10232 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10234 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10236 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10240 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10242 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10243 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10244 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10245 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10246 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10250 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10252 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10253 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10257 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10258 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10259 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10260 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10261 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10262 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10264 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10270 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10271 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10272 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10275 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10276 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10277 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10278 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
,
10279 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10281 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10283 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10288 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10293 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10296 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10298 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10300 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10303 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10306 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10308 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10309 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10310 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10311 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10312 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10313 bfd_vma destination
,
10314 unsigned long local_off
)
10316 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10318 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10319 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10320 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10324 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10325 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10327 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10329 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10333 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10334 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10335 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10338 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10341 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10342 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10343 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10344 any other type of stub. */
10345 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10346 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10347 return ppc_stub_none
;
10349 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10351 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10352 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10353 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10354 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10356 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10358 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10360 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10361 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10362 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10365 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10370 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10371 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10372 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10375 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10376 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10378 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10379 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10380 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10381 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10382 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10383 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10385 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10386 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10387 is needed later. */
10388 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10390 return ppc_stub_none
;
10393 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10394 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10399 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10400 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10401 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10402 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10403 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10404 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10407 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10409 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10411 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10413 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10415 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10417 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10420 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10422 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10425 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10427 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10430 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10432 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10437 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10439 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10444 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10446 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10448 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10452 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10454 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10457 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10459 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10462 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10464 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10468 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10470 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10476 static unsigned int
10477 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10480 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10482 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10486 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10491 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10494 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10496 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10498 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10505 static unsigned int
10506 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10508 unsigned int num_rel
;
10509 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10511 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10516 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10517 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10519 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10521 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10527 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10528 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10529 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10531 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10532 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10534 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10535 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10536 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10537 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10538 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10540 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10543 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10544 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10545 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10549 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10550 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10553 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10554 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10558 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10559 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10560 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10563 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10565 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10569 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10570 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10571 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10573 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10577 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10578 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10579 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10586 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10590 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10595 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10601 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10603 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10605 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10607 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10608 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10609 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10610 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10611 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10614 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10618 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10621 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10622 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10624 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10628 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10632 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10634 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10639 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10641 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10645 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10648 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10649 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10651 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10655 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10659 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10661 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10667 static unsigned int
10668 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10670 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10672 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10678 static unsigned int
10679 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10681 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10683 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10689 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10690 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10691 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10692 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10694 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10696 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10698 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10699 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10700 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10701 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10707 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10708 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10709 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10710 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10713 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10714 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10715 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10719 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10720 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10721 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10725 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10728 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10732 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10733 else if (delta
< 256)
10735 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10738 else if (delta
< 65536)
10740 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10741 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10746 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10747 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10753 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10755 static unsigned int
10756 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10758 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10759 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10761 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10762 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10764 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10765 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10767 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10771 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10772 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10773 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10774 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10775 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10776 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10777 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10779 . fake dep barrier compare
10780 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10781 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10782 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10783 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10784 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10785 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10787 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10788 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10790 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10791 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10793 static inline unsigned int
10794 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10795 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10800 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10802 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
10804 bfd_vma start
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
10805 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10806 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10807 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10809 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, start
& 4);
10812 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10813 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10819 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10820 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10822 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10827 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10829 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10830 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10831 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10832 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10834 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (off
))
10837 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10838 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10839 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10841 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10844 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10850 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10857 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10858 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10860 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10861 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10863 static inline unsigned int
10864 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10865 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10869 unsigned stub_size
;
10870 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10872 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10874 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10875 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10876 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10880 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10881 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
);
10882 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10883 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10884 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10888 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10890 static inline bfd_byte
*
10891 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10892 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10893 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10895 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10896 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10897 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10898 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10899 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10900 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10901 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10902 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10903 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10905 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10908 && !(is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10909 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
10911 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
10912 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
10913 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
10914 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
10917 if (pltindex
> 32768)
10918 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
10920 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
10921 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
10922 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
10923 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10924 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10925 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10926 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
10927 != PPC_HA (offset
))
10928 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
10930 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10931 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10932 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
10933 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10936 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10940 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10941 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10942 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10943 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
10944 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10945 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10946 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10949 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10951 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10952 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
10953 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10957 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10958 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10959 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10960 if (plt_static_chain
)
10962 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
10963 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10964 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
10969 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10970 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10971 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10974 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10975 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10979 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10980 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10983 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10985 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10988 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10993 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
10994 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
10996 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
10997 if (plt_static_chain
)
10998 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11005 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11006 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11007 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11008 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11011 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11013 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11014 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
11015 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11019 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11020 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11021 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
11022 if (plt_static_chain
)
11024 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11025 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11026 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11031 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11032 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11033 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11034 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11036 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11038 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11041 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11046 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11047 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11049 if (plt_static_chain
)
11050 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11051 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11054 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11056 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11057 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11058 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11061 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11065 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11067 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11068 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11069 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11070 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11071 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11072 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11073 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11074 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11076 static inline bfd_byte
*
11077 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11078 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11079 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11081 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11085 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11086 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11087 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11088 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11089 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11090 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11091 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11092 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11095 r
[0].r_offset
+= 7 * 4;
11096 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11097 return build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11099 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11101 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11105 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2 * 4;
11106 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11107 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11109 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11111 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11113 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11115 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11120 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11123 r
[0].r_offset
+= 18 * 4;
11125 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11126 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11128 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11130 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11134 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11137 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11138 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11140 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11142 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11143 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11144 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11146 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11147 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11148 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11149 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11150 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11151 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11153 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11154 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11158 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
;
11159 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11160 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11161 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11162 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11163 specified by that point.
11164 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11165 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11166 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11167 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11169 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11170 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11171 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11172 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11173 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11174 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11182 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11184 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11185 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11187 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11188 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11190 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11191 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11192 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11194 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11195 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11196 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11198 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11200 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11205 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11206 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11208 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11209 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11211 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11212 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11213 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11215 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11216 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11217 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11218 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11220 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11221 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11222 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11223 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11225 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11226 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11227 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11228 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11230 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11231 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11235 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11236 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11240 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11241 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11242 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11244 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11245 unsigned long symndx
;
11246 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11249 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11250 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11251 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11252 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11254 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11256 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11257 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11258 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11260 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11261 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11262 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11264 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11265 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11267 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11269 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11270 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11271 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11272 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11273 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11274 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11275 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11277 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11278 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11280 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11281 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11286 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11293 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11294 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11296 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11297 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11301 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11304 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11306 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11307 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11309 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11310 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11312 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11313 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11314 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11315 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11316 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11318 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11319 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11320 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11321 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11323 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11328 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11330 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11331 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11332 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11333 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11335 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11337 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11342 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11343 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11346 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11347 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11348 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11349 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11350 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11351 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11352 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11353 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11355 /* Same for the group. */
11356 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11357 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11358 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11359 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11360 "output section. Retry without "
11361 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11362 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11363 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11365 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11369 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11370 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11372 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11373 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11375 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11376 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11377 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11378 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11379 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11380 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11381 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11383 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11384 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11385 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11386 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11390 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11392 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11394 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11396 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11399 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11401 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11403 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11404 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11407 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11409 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11410 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11415 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11418 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11421 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11422 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11423 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11427 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11429 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11432 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11433 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11434 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11435 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11436 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11441 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11442 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11443 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11444 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11446 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11448 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11449 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11450 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11454 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11455 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11456 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11457 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11458 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11460 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11461 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11463 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11465 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11467 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11469 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11470 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11473 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11474 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11475 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11476 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11477 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11479 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11480 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11481 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11482 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11484 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11486 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11489 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11490 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11491 translated from input file to output file form, so
11492 set up the offset per the output file. */
11493 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11494 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11495 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11496 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11497 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11501 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11502 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11503 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11505 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11506 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11509 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11511 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11512 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11513 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11514 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11515 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11519 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11521 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11524 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11525 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11526 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11527 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11528 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11529 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11530 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11531 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11533 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11534 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11535 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11536 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11541 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11543 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11545 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11546 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11548 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11549 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11552 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11553 LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11557 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11559 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11561 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11565 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11567 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11569 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11570 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11572 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11573 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11576 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11578 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11581 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11582 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11584 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11587 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11588 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11592 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11594 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11598 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11599 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11600 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11601 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11602 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11603 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11605 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11606 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11607 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11608 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11609 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11610 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11613 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11616 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11618 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11619 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11622 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11623 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11624 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11625 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11627 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11628 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11630 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11632 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11635 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11636 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11637 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11643 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11645 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11646 p
= build_power10_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11650 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11651 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11652 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11653 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11654 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11656 p
= build_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
,
11657 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11660 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11664 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11665 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11666 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11668 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11669 B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11673 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11675 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11679 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11681 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11682 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11683 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11686 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11689 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11692 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11693 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11695 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11696 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11697 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11700 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11701 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11702 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11703 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11704 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11705 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11710 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0
11711 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11712 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11714 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11715 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11717 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11718 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11719 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11720 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11721 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11722 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11723 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11725 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11726 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11727 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11728 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11731 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11732 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11734 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11738 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11739 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11740 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11741 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11742 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11744 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11746 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11747 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11748 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11749 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11750 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11751 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11754 /* Now build the stub. */
11755 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11756 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11759 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11760 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11761 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11762 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11764 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11765 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11767 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11769 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11771 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11772 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11775 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11777 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11778 /* xgettext:c-format */
11779 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11780 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11781 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11783 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11784 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11789 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11791 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11792 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11794 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11795 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11799 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11800 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11801 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11802 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11804 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11805 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11806 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11807 p
= build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11809 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11812 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11820 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11822 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11824 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11827 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11840 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11841 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11842 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11845 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11846 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11847 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11848 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11851 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11853 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11854 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11855 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11856 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11857 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11858 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11859 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11861 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11868 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11869 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11870 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11873 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11875 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11876 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11877 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11879 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11880 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11882 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11883 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11886 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11890 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11891 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11892 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11893 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11894 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11895 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
11896 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11897 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11899 /* Same for the group. */
11900 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11901 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11902 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11903 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11904 "output section. Retry without "
11905 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11906 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11907 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11909 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11910 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11912 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11913 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
11914 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11915 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
11917 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11918 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11919 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
11920 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
11924 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11926 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11927 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11928 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11929 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11930 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11931 /* Fall through. */
11932 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11933 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11934 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11935 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11936 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11937 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11938 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11939 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11940 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11944 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11946 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11947 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11949 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11953 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11955 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11961 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
11962 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
11963 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
11965 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
11966 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11968 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11970 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11971 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11973 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11975 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
11976 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11977 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11981 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
11983 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
11984 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
11985 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
11987 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11988 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11989 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11991 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
11992 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11996 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11997 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11998 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11999 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12000 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12003 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12005 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12006 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
12007 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12010 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12011 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
12014 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12020 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12023 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12025 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12029 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12031 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12032 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12036 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
12037 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
12038 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12039 /* Fall through. */
12040 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
12041 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
12042 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12043 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12044 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12046 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12049 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12050 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12051 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12055 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12057 unsigned int num_rel
;
12058 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12059 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12061 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12062 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12063 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12066 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12067 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12069 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12070 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12072 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12073 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12077 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12079 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12080 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12081 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12082 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12084 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12085 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12086 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12087 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12088 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12089 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12092 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12093 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12095 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12096 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12099 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12100 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12103 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12104 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12105 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12106 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12107 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12108 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12110 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12111 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12114 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12115 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12116 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12117 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12119 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12120 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12122 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12124 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12128 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12130 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12132 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12133 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12137 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12139 unsigned int num_rel
;
12140 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12141 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12143 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12144 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12145 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12148 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12150 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12152 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12153 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12154 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12155 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12157 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12158 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12159 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12160 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12161 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12162 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12166 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12167 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12168 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12169 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12171 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12172 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12173 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12174 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12176 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12177 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12179 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12181 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12183 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12184 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12187 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12189 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12191 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12192 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12195 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12197 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12198 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12200 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12201 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12203 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12206 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12208 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12209 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12210 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12211 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12213 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12215 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12216 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12217 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12218 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12219 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12220 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12224 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12225 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12226 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12227 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12228 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12230 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= size
- 4;
12239 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12243 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12244 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12245 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12248 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12252 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12257 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12258 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12259 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12260 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12263 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12264 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12265 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12270 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12273 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12275 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12277 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12278 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12279 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12282 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12283 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12284 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12287 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12289 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12290 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12295 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12297 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12298 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12302 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12303 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12306 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12307 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12308 limit
= 0x80008000;
12309 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12311 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12313 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12314 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12315 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12316 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12319 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12320 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12321 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12322 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12323 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12324 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12325 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12327 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12328 file .toc and .got together. */
12330 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12331 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12334 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12338 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12339 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12340 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12341 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12343 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12345 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12346 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12348 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12349 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12351 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12352 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12353 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12354 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12359 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12363 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12365 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12368 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12373 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12377 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12379 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12381 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12384 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12385 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12386 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12390 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12391 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12395 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12397 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12398 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12399 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12401 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12403 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12406 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12407 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12409 /* And tlsld_got. */
12410 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12412 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12414 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12417 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12418 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12419 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12421 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12423 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12426 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12427 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12428 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12429 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12431 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12432 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12438 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12439 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12440 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12441 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12443 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12445 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12447 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12450 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12453 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12455 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12456 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12461 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12462 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12463 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12465 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12466 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12467 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12468 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12469 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12470 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12471 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12474 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12477 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12481 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12482 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12483 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12484 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12485 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12486 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12487 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12488 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12490 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12492 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12494 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12495 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12497 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12498 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12503 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12504 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12506 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12507 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12509 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12510 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12511 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12513 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12514 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12520 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12522 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12524 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12526 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12529 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12530 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12531 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12533 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12534 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12536 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12538 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12539 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12544 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12545 if (!done_something
)
12546 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12550 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12553 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12556 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12557 if (done_something
)
12562 if (done_something
)
12563 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12565 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12566 on input sections. */
12567 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12568 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12569 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12570 return done_something
;
12573 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12576 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12578 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12580 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12581 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12582 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12585 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12586 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12587 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12588 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12589 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12590 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12591 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12594 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12598 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12599 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12601 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12602 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12605 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12608 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12612 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12614 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12615 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12616 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12618 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12619 info
->keep_memory
);
12620 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12623 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12625 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12629 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12631 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12632 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12633 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12634 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12635 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12637 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12641 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12642 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12643 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12644 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12645 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12646 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12647 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12648 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12651 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12652 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12659 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12661 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12663 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12665 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12671 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12672 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12675 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12676 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12677 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12684 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12687 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12688 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12690 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12692 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12694 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12695 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12698 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12702 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12704 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12706 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12709 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12710 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12711 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12716 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12717 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12719 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12720 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12723 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12724 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12725 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12731 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12732 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12733 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12734 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12735 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12736 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12744 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12745 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12746 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12747 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12750 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12751 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12752 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12756 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12757 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12759 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12760 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12761 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12772 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12773 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
12775 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12780 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12781 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12782 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12784 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12785 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12787 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12790 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12791 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12792 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12799 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12804 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12805 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12806 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12807 we may insert linker stubs. */
12810 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12812 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12817 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12818 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12820 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12821 which is what we want. */
12822 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12823 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12824 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12827 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12829 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12830 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12831 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12832 hit an exception. */
12833 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12834 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12835 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12836 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12838 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12841 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12842 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12843 check_pasted_section(). */
12844 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12845 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12848 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12852 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12853 have toc relocs. */
12856 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12858 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12862 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12863 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
12866 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12867 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
12870 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12871 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
12876 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12877 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12879 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12883 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12885 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12886 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
12892 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12894 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
12895 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
12898 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12899 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12900 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12901 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12902 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12903 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12906 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12907 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
12908 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
12910 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12912 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
12914 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12918 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
12919 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
12921 /* Default values. */
12922 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
12923 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
12925 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
12926 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
12929 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
12933 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12936 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
12937 while (tail
!= NULL
)
12941 bfd_size_type total
;
12942 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
12944 struct map_stub
*group
;
12945 bfd_size_type group_size
;
12948 total
= tail
->size
;
12949 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
12950 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
12951 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
12953 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
12954 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
12955 /* xgettext:c-format */
12956 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12957 tail
->owner
, tail
);
12958 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
12960 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
12961 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12962 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12963 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12964 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
12965 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
12968 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
12969 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
12970 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
12971 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
12972 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
12973 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
12974 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
12975 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
12976 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
12977 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
12978 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
12981 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
12982 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
12983 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
12984 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
12985 group
->eh_size
= 0;
12986 group
->eh_base
= 0;
12987 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
12988 htab
->group
= group
;
12991 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
12992 /* Set up this stub group. */
12993 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
12995 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
12997 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
12998 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
12999 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
13000 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
13001 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
13002 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
13005 while (prev
!= NULL
13006 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13007 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13008 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13009 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
13011 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13014 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13015 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13024 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
13026 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
13027 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
13028 1, /* CIE version. */
13029 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
13030 4, /* Code alignment. */
13031 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13033 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13034 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13035 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13038 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13039 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13040 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13044 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13046 if (isec
->size
== 0
13047 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13048 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13049 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13050 isec
->output_section
)
13051 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13053 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13054 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13055 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13059 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13061 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13062 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13066 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13068 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13069 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
13070 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13075 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1 && !htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
13076 htab
->params
->power10_stubs
= 0;
13078 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13079 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13080 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13081 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13082 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13084 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13088 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13090 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13091 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13096 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13097 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13098 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13099 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13100 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13101 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13102 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13103 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13104 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13105 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13106 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13112 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13114 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13115 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13116 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13117 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13118 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13122 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13123 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13124 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13126 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13128 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13131 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13132 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13133 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13134 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13135 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13136 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13137 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13139 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13141 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13143 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13144 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13145 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13146 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13148 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
13149 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13150 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13151 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13152 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13154 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13156 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13157 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13158 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13159 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13160 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13161 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13162 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, TRUE
);
13165 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13166 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13167 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13168 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13169 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13170 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13175 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13176 struct map_stub
*group
;
13178 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13180 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13182 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13184 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13186 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13188 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13191 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13192 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13193 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13196 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13197 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13199 section
= section
->next
)
13201 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13203 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13205 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13206 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13207 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13208 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13209 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13212 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13213 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13214 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13215 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13218 /* Get the relocs. */
13220 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13221 info
->keep_memory
);
13222 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13223 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13225 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13226 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13227 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13228 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13230 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13231 unsigned int r_indx
;
13232 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13233 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13234 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13235 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13236 bfd_vma destination
;
13237 unsigned long local_off
;
13238 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
13239 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13240 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13241 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13242 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13244 const asection
*id_sec
;
13245 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13246 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13248 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13249 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13251 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13253 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13254 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13257 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13258 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13259 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13260 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13261 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13262 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13265 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13267 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13268 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13269 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13270 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13277 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13278 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13279 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13282 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13283 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13285 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13286 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13289 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13290 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13292 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13293 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13295 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13296 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13298 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13299 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13300 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13302 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13303 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13304 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13313 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13314 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13321 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13322 destination
= (sym_value
13323 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13324 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13325 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13330 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13331 code_value
= sym_value
;
13332 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13337 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13339 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13342 code_value
+= adjust
;
13343 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13345 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13346 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
13347 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13349 destination
= dest
;
13352 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13354 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13355 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13356 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13361 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13363 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13364 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13367 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13369 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13370 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13371 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13372 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13373 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13374 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13375 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13376 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13377 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13379 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13381 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13382 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13383 different object files when creating the
13384 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13385 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13386 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13387 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13388 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13389 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13390 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
)
13391 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13392 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
))
13393 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13394 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13395 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13396 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13399 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13402 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13403 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13404 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13406 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13407 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13408 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13410 /* Get tls info. */
13411 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13413 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13414 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13415 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13416 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13417 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13421 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13424 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13425 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13426 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13427 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13428 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13429 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13430 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13432 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13433 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13434 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13437 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13440 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13441 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13443 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13444 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13446 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13448 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13449 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13450 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13452 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13454 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13455 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13456 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13457 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13458 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13459 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13461 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
13463 /* For --power10-stubs=auto, don't merge _notoc
13464 and other varieties of stubs. (The _both
13465 variety won't be created.) */
13466 bfd_boolean notoc
= r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
13467 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*alt_stub
13468 = select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
13470 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13472 alt_stub
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*)
13473 stub_hash_newfunc (NULL
,
13474 &htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13475 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13476 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13478 /* xgettext:c-format */
13480 (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
13481 section
->owner
, stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13482 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13484 *alt_stub
= *stub_entry
;
13485 stub_entry
->root
.next
= &alt_stub
->root
;
13487 /* Sort notoc stubs first, for no good
13489 alt_stub
= stub_entry
;
13490 alt_stub
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13492 stub_entry
= alt_stub
;
13494 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13500 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13503 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13504 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13505 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13506 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13507 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13509 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13511 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13512 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13514 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13516 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13517 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13523 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13524 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13525 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13526 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13527 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13528 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13529 /* Fall through. */
13530 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13531 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13532 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13533 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13534 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13536 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13538 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13539 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13541 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13543 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13544 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13550 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13551 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13555 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13556 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13559 error_ret_free_internal
:
13560 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13561 free (internal_relocs
);
13562 error_ret_free_local
:
13563 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
13564 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13569 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13570 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13571 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13573 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13574 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13578 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13579 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13581 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13582 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13583 stub_entry
->symtype
13584 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13585 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13588 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13589 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13590 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13593 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13594 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13595 free (internal_relocs
);
13598 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13599 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13601 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13604 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13608 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13610 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13612 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13613 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13614 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13616 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13618 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13619 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13620 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13621 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13622 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13623 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13624 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13627 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13629 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13630 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13631 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13632 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13633 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13636 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13637 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13638 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13639 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13640 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13641 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13642 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13643 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13645 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13647 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13648 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13649 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13651 if (info
->emitrelocations
13652 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13654 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13655 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13658 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13659 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13660 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13662 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13664 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13665 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13666 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13667 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13668 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13670 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13671 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13672 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13673 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13674 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13677 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13678 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13679 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13681 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13682 group
->stub_sec
->size
13683 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13686 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13687 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13688 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13689 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13690 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13694 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13695 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13696 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13697 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13698 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13699 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13700 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13703 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13704 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13707 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13708 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13711 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13712 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13713 struct map_stub
*group
;
13715 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13716 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13717 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13718 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13719 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13722 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13726 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13727 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13728 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13729 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13730 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13732 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13733 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13735 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13737 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13739 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13742 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13743 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13745 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13747 /* stub section size. */
13748 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13750 /* Augmentation. */
13752 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13753 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13754 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13755 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13757 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13760 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13762 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13765 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13766 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13768 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13771 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13773 /* Augmentation. */
13776 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13777 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13779 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13780 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 5 : 7);
13781 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13783 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13785 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13786 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13787 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13788 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13789 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13790 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13791 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13792 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13795 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13796 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13797 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
13798 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13799 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13804 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13805 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13808 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13811 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13815 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13816 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13818 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13819 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13823 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13824 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13828 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13829 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13830 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13831 || h
->def_regular
))
13833 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13834 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13839 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13840 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13841 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13842 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13843 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13844 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13845 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13846 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13847 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13848 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13850 /* This may happen for
13851 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13853 o bad linker script
13854 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13856 FIXME: Warn user? */
13858 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13860 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13861 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13863 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13866 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13867 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13868 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13871 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13872 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13876 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13877 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
13883 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
13885 /* Force alignment. */
13886 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
13887 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
13888 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13890 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
13892 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13896 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
13898 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
13899 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13904 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
13905 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
13906 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
13907 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
13913 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13914 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13917 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13919 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13920 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13921 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13924 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13928 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13932 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13933 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13935 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13936 table. Set it up. */
13937 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13938 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13941 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13942 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13944 if (!(h
->def_regular
13945 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13946 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
13948 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13950 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13951 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13952 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
13954 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13956 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
13960 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13961 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
13963 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
13965 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13967 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
13972 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
13974 if (relplt
== NULL
)
13976 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
13977 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
13980 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
13981 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
13982 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
13987 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
13988 + plt
->output_offset
13989 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13990 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
13991 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
13992 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13997 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
13998 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
13999 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14000 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14001 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
14002 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
14003 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
14004 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
14005 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
14006 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
14007 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14011 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
14014 if (h
->def_regular
)
14017 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
14018 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
14021 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14022 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
14023 && ent
->addend
== 0)
14029 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
14030 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
14031 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
14032 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
14034 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14035 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14037 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14039 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
14040 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
14042 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
14044 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14045 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
14046 h
->root
.root
.string
);
14047 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14048 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14051 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
14052 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14054 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
14055 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
14060 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
14061 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14064 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14066 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14067 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14068 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14069 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14070 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14071 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14072 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14074 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14078 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14080 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14083 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14085 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14087 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14093 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14096 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14098 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14101 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14103 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14104 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14105 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14106 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14107 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14108 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14110 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14113 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14117 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14118 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14119 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14120 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14121 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14122 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14123 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14124 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14126 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14128 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14132 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14133 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14135 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14140 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14141 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14142 val
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym
->st_other
);
14143 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14144 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14146 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14148 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
14149 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14150 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14154 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14155 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14158 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14160 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14161 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14164 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14165 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14170 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14171 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14172 + plt
->output_offset
14173 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14174 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14177 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14179 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14184 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14186 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14188 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14189 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14190 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14191 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14195 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14196 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14198 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14201 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14207 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14208 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14211 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14213 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14214 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14216 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14218 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14219 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14220 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14221 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14222 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14224 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14226 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14227 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14231 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14232 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14233 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14235 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14236 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14239 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14242 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14244 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14247 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14248 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14256 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14258 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14259 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14261 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14262 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14264 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14265 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14267 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14268 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14269 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14270 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14275 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14276 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14277 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14280 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14283 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14284 struct map_stub
*group
;
14285 asection
*stub_sec
;
14287 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14292 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14293 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14295 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14296 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14297 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14298 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14300 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14302 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14304 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14308 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14313 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14314 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14316 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14317 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14318 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14321 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14323 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14324 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14325 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14326 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14327 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14328 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14329 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14331 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14334 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14335 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14337 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14339 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14342 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14343 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14344 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14345 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14347 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14348 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14349 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14353 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14355 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14357 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14359 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14361 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14363 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14365 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14367 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14369 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14371 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14376 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14378 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14380 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14382 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14384 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14386 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14388 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14390 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14392 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-48 & 0xffff), p
);
14394 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14396 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14398 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14400 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14403 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14405 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14407 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14409 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14415 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14420 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14422 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14427 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14428 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14434 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14436 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14437 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14438 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14440 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14441 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14445 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14446 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14448 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14452 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14453 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14455 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14458 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14460 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14462 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14465 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14467 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14468 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14469 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14473 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14474 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14476 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14477 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14478 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14480 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14481 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14483 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14484 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14485 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14487 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14488 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14491 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14492 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14494 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14495 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14496 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14497 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14501 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14502 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14507 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14508 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14513 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14514 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14516 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14517 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14519 /* Offset to stub section. */
14520 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14521 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14522 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14523 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14524 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14525 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14528 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14529 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14532 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14533 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14535 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14537 /* Offset to .glink. */
14538 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14539 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14541 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14542 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14543 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14544 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14547 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14548 htab
->glink
->name
);
14551 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14552 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14556 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14557 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14559 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14560 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14561 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14562 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14568 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14569 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14572 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14578 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
14579 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14580 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14582 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
14586 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
14588 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14589 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14590 " branch both %lu\n"
14591 " long branch %lu\n"
14592 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14593 " long notoc %lu\n"
14596 " plt call save %lu\n"
14597 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14598 " plt call both %lu\n"
14599 " global entry %lu"),
14601 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14602 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14603 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14604 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14605 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14606 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14607 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14608 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14609 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14610 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14611 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14612 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14613 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
14621 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14622 discarded sections. */
14624 static unsigned int
14625 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14627 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14630 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14633 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14636 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14639 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14642 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14646 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14648 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14649 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14650 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14651 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14652 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14653 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14654 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14655 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14656 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14657 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14658 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14659 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14660 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14661 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14662 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14663 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14664 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14665 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14666 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14667 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14668 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14669 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14670 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14671 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14672 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14673 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14674 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14676 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14677 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14678 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14679 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14680 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14681 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14682 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14683 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14684 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14685 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14686 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14687 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14688 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14689 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14690 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14691 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14699 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14700 to handle the relocations for a section.
14702 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14703 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14706 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14707 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14708 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14711 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14712 address or the reloc symbol index.
14714 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14716 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14717 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14719 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14720 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14722 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14723 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14724 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14725 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14729 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14730 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14732 asection
*input_section
,
14733 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14734 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14735 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14736 asection
**local_sections
)
14738 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14739 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14740 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14741 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14742 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14743 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14744 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14746 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14748 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14749 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14750 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14751 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14752 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14753 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14755 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14756 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14759 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14763 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14764 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14767 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14769 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14773 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14774 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14775 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14776 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14777 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14779 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14780 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14781 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14783 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14785 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14786 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14788 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14789 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14790 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14791 const char *sym_name
;
14792 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14793 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14794 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14795 unsigned char sym_type
;
14796 bfd_vma relocation
;
14797 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14798 bfd_boolean warned
;
14799 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14802 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14803 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14805 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14806 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14807 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14814 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14815 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14817 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14818 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14819 proper TOC base to use. */
14820 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14822 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14824 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14830 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14833 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
14835 /* It's a local symbol. */
14836 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
14838 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
14839 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
14840 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
14841 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14842 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
14843 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
14844 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
14846 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
14852 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14853 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14854 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14855 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14856 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14857 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
14858 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
14860 relocation
+= adjust
;
14866 bfd_boolean ignored
;
14868 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
14869 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
14870 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
14871 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
14872 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
14873 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
14875 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
14876 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
14878 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14879 such are defined in output sections, even those
14880 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14881 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14882 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14883 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14884 by the opd entry. */
14885 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
14886 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
14887 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14889 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14890 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
14891 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
14894 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
14895 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
14902 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
14904 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
14906 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
14907 input_bfd
, input_section
,
14908 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
14909 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14911 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
14913 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14914 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14915 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14916 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14917 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14918 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
14924 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14927 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
14929 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
14930 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14931 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14934 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14935 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14936 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14937 for the final instruction stream. */
14942 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
14943 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
14945 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
14946 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14947 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
14948 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14949 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
14951 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
14952 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14953 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14954 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14956 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14957 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14959 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14960 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
14964 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14967 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
14968 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
14969 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
14970 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
14972 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14973 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14974 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
14976 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14977 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14978 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14979 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14980 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
14983 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14984 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
14985 /* xgettext:c-format */
14986 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
14987 /* xgettext:c-format */
14988 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
14989 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
14990 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
14994 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
14995 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
14996 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
14997 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
14998 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
14999 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
15000 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
15001 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
15002 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
15003 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
15004 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
15012 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
15013 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15014 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
15016 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15017 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15018 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15019 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15022 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
15023 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
15024 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
15025 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
15027 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15028 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15031 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15032 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
15038 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15039 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
15040 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
15042 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15043 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
15048 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
15049 doing a GD->IE transition. */
15053 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15054 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15057 else if (retval
== 3)
15059 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15060 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15068 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15069 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15070 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15071 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15073 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15074 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15075 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15076 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15080 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15081 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15082 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15083 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15086 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15087 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15089 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15090 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15091 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15092 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15093 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15095 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15096 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15097 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15098 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15102 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15106 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
15107 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15108 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15110 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15111 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15113 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15114 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15115 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15116 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15117 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15118 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15119 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15120 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15121 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15126 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15127 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15129 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15130 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15133 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15135 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15136 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15137 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15138 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15139 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15140 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15142 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15143 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15144 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15145 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15149 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15151 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15153 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15154 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15156 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15158 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15159 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15160 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15165 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15166 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15167 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15170 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15175 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15176 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15178 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15182 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15183 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15184 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15187 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15188 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15189 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15192 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15193 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15194 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15196 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15200 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15201 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15203 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15207 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15208 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15209 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15211 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15214 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15215 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15216 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15217 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15218 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15219 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15220 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15221 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15222 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15223 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15225 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15227 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15228 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15229 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15230 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15231 before the call by intervening code. */
15232 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15233 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15234 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15237 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15238 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15239 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15240 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15241 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15242 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15243 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15244 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15246 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15247 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15248 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15253 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15254 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15255 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15258 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15259 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15260 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15262 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15264 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15265 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15267 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15268 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15269 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15271 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15272 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15273 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15274 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15277 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15278 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15279 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15281 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15282 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15284 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15285 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15286 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15289 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15290 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15292 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15293 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15299 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
15300 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15302 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15304 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15305 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15307 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15308 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15309 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
15313 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15314 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15315 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15317 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15318 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15319 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15320 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15321 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15325 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
15326 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15328 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15330 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15331 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15332 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15333 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15334 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15335 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15336 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15337 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15338 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15339 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15344 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15345 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15346 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15348 unsigned int insn2
;
15349 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15351 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15352 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15354 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15355 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15356 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15357 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15358 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15362 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15363 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15365 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15368 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15369 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15374 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15376 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15377 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15379 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15380 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15382 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15387 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15388 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15389 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15392 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15393 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15394 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15395 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15396 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15397 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15399 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15404 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15405 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15406 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15408 unsigned int insn2
;
15409 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15411 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15412 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15414 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15415 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15416 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15417 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15418 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15422 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15423 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15425 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15426 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15428 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15433 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15434 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15435 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15436 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15437 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15439 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15440 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15441 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15442 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15443 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15444 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15449 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15450 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15451 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15452 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15454 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15456 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15457 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15458 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15461 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15462 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15464 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15469 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15471 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15472 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15473 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15478 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15479 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15481 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15482 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15486 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15487 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15488 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15489 && !info
->traditional_format
15490 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15492 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15494 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15495 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15496 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15497 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15499 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15500 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15501 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15502 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15503 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15504 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15509 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15510 + input_section
->output_offset
15511 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15512 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15514 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15516 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15517 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15518 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15519 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15521 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15522 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15523 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15524 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15525 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15526 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15532 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15533 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15534 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15535 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15536 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15539 if .TOC. is in range. */
15540 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15541 && !info
->traditional_format
15543 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15544 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15545 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15546 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15547 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15548 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15549 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15551 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15552 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15553 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15554 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15555 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15556 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15558 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15559 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15560 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15561 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15562 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15563 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15569 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15571 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15572 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15573 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15579 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15580 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15581 + input_section
->output_offset
15582 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15583 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15584 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15586 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15588 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15589 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15590 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15591 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15595 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15596 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15597 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15598 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15599 /* Fall through. */
15601 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15602 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15603 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15604 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15605 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15606 /* Fall through. */
15608 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15609 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15610 /* Fall through. */
15612 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15613 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15614 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15615 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15616 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15617 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15618 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15619 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15620 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15625 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15626 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15627 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15629 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15630 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15631 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15632 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15633 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15636 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15637 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15638 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15639 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15640 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15641 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15642 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15644 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15646 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15648 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15649 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15651 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15652 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15654 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15656 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15657 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15660 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15661 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15662 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15663 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15667 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15668 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15673 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15674 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15675 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15676 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15677 else if (nop
== NOP
15678 || nop
== CROR_151515
15679 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15682 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15683 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15685 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15688 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15689 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15690 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15691 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15696 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15698 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15703 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15704 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15706 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15707 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15708 the same, if we could detect such. */
15709 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15715 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15716 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15717 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15718 global symbol and on the other a local call
15719 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15720 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15721 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15723 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15725 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15727 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15728 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15729 - sec
->output_offset
);
15731 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15733 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15734 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15739 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15740 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15741 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15742 /* xgettext:c-format */
15743 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15744 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15745 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15747 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15748 /* xgettext:c-format */
15749 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15750 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15751 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15753 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15758 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15759 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15760 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15763 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15764 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15765 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15766 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15768 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15769 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15770 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15771 - sec
->output_offset
);
15772 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15773 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15777 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15781 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15783 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15784 + input_section
->output_offset
15785 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15787 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15791 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15792 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15793 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15794 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15795 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15796 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15797 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15798 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15801 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15802 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15803 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15804 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15805 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15806 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15807 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15808 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15809 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15810 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15813 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15814 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15815 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15816 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15817 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15818 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15819 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15820 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15823 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15825 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15826 rather than the procedure directly. */
15827 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15829 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
15830 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
15831 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15832 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
15833 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
15834 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
15836 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
15837 + stub_sec
->output_offset
15838 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
15840 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
15842 if (((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15843 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
15844 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15845 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15847 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15848 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15849 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15850 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15851 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
15853 else if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15854 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15855 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15856 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15859 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15860 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15861 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
15862 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
15869 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15870 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15871 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15872 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15873 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
15874 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15875 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
15881 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15882 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
15883 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
15886 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15889 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15890 We can thus call a weak function without first
15891 checking whether the function is defined. */
15893 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15894 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15895 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
15896 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15900 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15905 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15906 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
15907 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
15909 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15910 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
15911 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15913 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15914 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15916 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15917 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15918 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15919 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15924 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15925 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15926 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
15927 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
15929 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15930 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
15931 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15933 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15934 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15936 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15937 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15938 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15939 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15941 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15943 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
15944 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15949 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15950 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
15951 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
15953 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15954 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
15955 + input_section
->output_offset
);
15956 if (!(relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15957 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
15960 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15961 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15963 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15964 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15965 != ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
15968 /* Replace with paddi. */
15969 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
15970 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
15971 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15972 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
15973 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15974 /* Fall through. */
15976 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
15977 if (!htab
->params
->no_pcrel_opt
15978 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15979 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
15980 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
)
15981 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15983 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15984 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15986 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15987 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15988 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
15989 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
15991 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
15993 /* zero means next insn. */
15996 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
15999 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
16000 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
16002 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16004 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
16006 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16007 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16009 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
16011 addend
+= addend_off
;
16012 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
16013 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
16014 contents
+ offset
);
16015 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
16016 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16017 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
16019 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16020 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
16021 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16030 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
16034 /* xgettext:c-format */
16035 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
16036 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
16038 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16044 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16045 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16046 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16047 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
16048 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
16049 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16050 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
16053 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
16054 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
16055 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
16056 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
16057 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
16058 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16059 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16060 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16061 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
16062 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
16065 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
16066 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16067 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16068 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16069 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
16070 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16073 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16074 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16075 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16076 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16077 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
16078 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16081 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16082 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16083 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16084 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16085 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
16086 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16089 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16090 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16091 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16092 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16093 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16094 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16095 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16098 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16103 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16104 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16106 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16107 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16108 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16113 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16114 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16115 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16116 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16117 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16118 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16119 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16120 because of a version file. */
16124 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16125 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16127 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16131 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16133 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16136 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16137 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16138 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16139 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16145 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16146 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16147 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16148 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16152 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16153 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16154 processed this entry. */
16156 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16160 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16161 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16169 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16170 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16173 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16174 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16175 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
16178 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16180 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16182 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16183 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16184 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16185 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16187 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16188 + got
->output_offset
16190 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16191 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16193 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16194 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16195 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16197 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16198 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16199 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16200 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16202 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16203 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16205 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16208 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16209 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16210 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16211 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16212 else if (indx
!= 0)
16213 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16217 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16219 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16221 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16223 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16224 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16228 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16230 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16231 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16233 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16234 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16236 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16239 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16240 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16241 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16242 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16245 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16246 emitting a reloc. */
16249 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16252 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16256 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16259 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16260 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16261 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16264 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16266 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16267 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16271 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16272 got
->contents
+ off
);
16276 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16279 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16281 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16282 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
16283 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
16284 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
16285 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
))
16286 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16290 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16291 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16292 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16293 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16294 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16295 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16296 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16297 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16298 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16299 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16300 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16301 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16302 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16303 procedure linkage table. */
16304 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16306 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16308 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16309 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16311 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16312 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16313 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16317 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16319 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16320 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16321 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16326 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16327 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16329 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16332 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16333 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16334 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16336 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16338 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16339 + plt
->output_offset
16340 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16341 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16342 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16343 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16344 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16346 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16347 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16351 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16359 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16360 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16361 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16362 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16363 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16365 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16366 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16368 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16371 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16372 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16373 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16375 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16376 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16377 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16378 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16379 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16380 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16381 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16386 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16387 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16388 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16389 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16390 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16391 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16392 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16394 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16397 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16398 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16399 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16400 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16401 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16402 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16403 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16404 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16405 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16406 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16407 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16408 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16409 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16410 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16411 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16412 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16413 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16414 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16415 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16416 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16417 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16418 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16421 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16422 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16423 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16424 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16425 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16426 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16427 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16428 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16429 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16430 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16431 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16432 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16433 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16435 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16436 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16438 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16439 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16440 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16441 defined before using them. */
16442 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16444 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16445 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16447 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16450 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16451 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16452 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16453 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16454 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16457 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16458 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16459 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16460 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16461 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16462 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16463 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16464 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16465 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16466 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16467 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16468 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16469 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16470 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16471 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16474 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16475 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16480 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16485 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16486 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16487 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16490 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16491 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16492 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16493 /* Fall through. */
16495 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16497 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16498 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16499 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16500 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16501 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16502 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16503 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16504 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16505 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16506 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16507 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16508 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16509 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16510 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16511 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16512 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16513 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16514 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16515 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16516 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16517 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16518 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16519 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16520 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16521 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16522 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16523 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16524 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16526 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16527 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16528 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16531 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16534 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16537 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16539 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16540 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16541 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16543 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16544 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16546 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16551 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16552 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16558 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16559 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16560 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16562 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16563 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16564 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16565 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16566 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16567 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16569 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16570 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16571 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16572 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16573 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16574 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16575 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16576 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16577 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16578 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16581 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16582 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16584 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16586 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16587 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16588 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16592 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16593 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16594 at a local function. */
16595 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16596 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16598 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16600 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16601 when building shared libraries and we
16602 reference a function in another shared
16603 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16604 definition in an application that's
16605 overridden by a strong definition in a
16606 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16607 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16608 In these cases we won't use the opd
16609 entry in this lib. */
16610 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16613 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16615 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16616 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16617 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16620 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16622 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16623 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16624 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16625 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16632 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16633 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16635 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16636 /* xgettext:c-format */
16637 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16638 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16639 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16640 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16644 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16646 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16648 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16653 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16655 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16657 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16658 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16659 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16660 reduced to a relocation against their
16661 section symbol because it holds the
16662 address of the section, not a value
16663 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16664 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16665 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16666 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16667 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16668 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16673 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16676 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16677 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16678 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16680 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16681 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16683 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16686 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16687 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16688 the output section's address but not the
16689 offset of the input section in the output
16691 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16694 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16698 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16700 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16701 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16703 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16704 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16705 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
16707 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16710 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16713 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16714 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16715 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16717 if (!warned_dynamic
16718 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16720 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16721 /* xgettext:c-format */
16722 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16723 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16725 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16727 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16730 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16731 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16732 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16733 that the section contents are a known value. */
16736 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16737 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16738 ignores section contents except for the special
16739 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16740 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16741 cause reloc overflow. */
16744 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16745 to improve backward compatibility with older
16747 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16748 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16749 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16750 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16751 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16757 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16758 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16759 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16760 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16761 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16763 /* Fall through. */
16765 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16766 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16767 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16768 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16769 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16770 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16771 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16772 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16773 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16775 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16776 /* xgettext:c-format */
16777 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16779 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16781 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16786 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16787 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16788 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16794 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16795 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16796 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16797 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16798 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16799 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16800 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16801 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16802 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16803 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16804 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16805 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16809 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16810 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16811 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16812 /* Fall through. */
16813 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16814 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16816 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16817 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16818 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16820 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16821 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16822 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16823 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
16824 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
16828 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16829 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16830 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16832 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16837 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16838 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16839 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16840 /* Fall through. */
16841 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16842 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16844 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16845 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
16846 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
16847 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16852 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16853 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16855 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16858 /* Fall through. */
16859 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16860 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16861 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16862 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16863 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16864 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16865 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16866 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16870 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16871 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16876 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16877 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16878 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16880 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16883 /* Fall through. */
16884 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16885 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16886 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16887 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16888 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16889 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16890 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16891 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16892 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16893 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16895 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16896 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16897 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16899 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16900 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16901 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16905 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16908 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16912 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16913 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16915 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16916 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16917 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
16918 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)) /* addis rt,13,imm */)
16919 /* xgettext:c-format */
16920 info
->callbacks
->minfo
16921 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
16922 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16923 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, insn
);
16926 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16932 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16933 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16934 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16936 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16937 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16938 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16940 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16945 /* Do any further special processing. */
16951 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16952 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16953 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16954 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16955 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16956 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16957 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16958 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16959 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16960 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16961 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16962 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16963 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16964 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16965 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16966 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16967 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16968 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16969 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16970 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
16971 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
16972 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
16973 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
16976 /* Fall through. */
16978 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16979 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16980 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16981 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16982 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16983 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16984 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16985 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
16986 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
16990 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16991 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16992 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16993 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16994 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16996 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
16999 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
17000 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
17001 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
17002 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17003 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17004 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
17005 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
17006 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
17007 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17008 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
17009 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
17010 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
17011 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17012 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
17013 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17014 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
17015 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17016 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
17017 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17018 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17020 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
17021 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
17022 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
17023 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
17024 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
17025 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
17026 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
17027 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
17029 relocation
+= addend
;
17030 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
17031 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
17033 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
17034 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17035 /* xgettext:c-format */
17036 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
17037 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17038 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17040 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17047 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
17048 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
17049 not process them. */
17050 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
17051 if (unresolved_reloc
17052 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
17053 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
17054 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
17055 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
17057 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17058 /* xgettext:c-format */
17059 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
17060 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17062 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
17066 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
17067 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
17068 have different reloc types. */
17069 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17070 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17071 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
17073 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17075 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17076 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17077 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17078 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17079 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17080 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17081 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17082 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17083 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17084 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17085 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17086 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17088 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17089 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17090 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17096 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17098 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17099 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17100 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17101 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17102 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17103 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17104 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17105 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
17106 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
17107 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
17108 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
17109 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17110 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17112 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17113 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17114 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17117 relocation
+= addend
;
17118 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17119 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17120 + input_section
->output_offset
17121 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17122 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17124 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17126 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17128 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17129 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17130 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17131 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17132 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17134 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17135 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17136 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17137 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17141 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17142 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17143 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17146 relocation
+= addend
;
17147 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17148 + input_section
->output_offset
17149 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17150 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17151 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17153 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17154 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17156 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17157 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17162 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17163 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17164 relocation
, addend
);
17167 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17169 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17170 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17172 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17174 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17175 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17177 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17178 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17179 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17180 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17184 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17186 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17187 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17189 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17191 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17192 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17193 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17194 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow (info
, &h
->elf
.root
,
17195 sym_name
, reloc_name
,
17197 input_bfd
, input_section
,
17202 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17203 /* xgettext:c-format */
17204 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17205 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17206 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17218 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17219 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17221 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17222 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17223 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17225 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17227 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17228 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17231 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17232 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17233 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17236 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17237 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17238 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17239 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17240 opd_entry_value. */
17241 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17244 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17245 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17246 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17247 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17250 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17255 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17258 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17259 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17260 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17261 asection
*input_sec
,
17262 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17264 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17271 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17272 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17275 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17276 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17277 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17279 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17283 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17287 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17288 dynamic sections here. */
17291 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17292 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17293 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17294 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17296 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17297 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17299 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17303 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17304 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17305 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17307 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17308 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17309 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17310 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17311 function pointer comparisons work between an
17312 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17314 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17315 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17317 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17319 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17320 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17321 function pointer. */
17328 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17329 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17330 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17331 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17333 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17334 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17338 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17341 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17342 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17344 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17345 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17347 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17348 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17349 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17350 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17356 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17357 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17359 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17360 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17361 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17362 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17364 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17365 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17367 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17368 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17370 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17373 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17374 return reloc_class_relative
;
17375 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17376 return reloc_class_plt
;
17378 return reloc_class_copy
;
17380 return reloc_class_normal
;
17384 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17387 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17388 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17390 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17394 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17398 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17399 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17401 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17403 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17405 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17408 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17409 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17410 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17412 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17415 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17422 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17424 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17425 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17426 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17427 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17428 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17429 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17433 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17436 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17440 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17441 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17442 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17443 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17444 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17447 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17448 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17451 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17455 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17456 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17460 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17461 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17465 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17469 if (htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
)
17470 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17471 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17472 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17476 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17480 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17481 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17483 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17484 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17485 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17486 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17487 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17489 /* Set .got entry size. */
17490 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17494 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17495 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17497 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17498 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17499 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17502 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17503 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17504 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17505 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17506 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17508 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17509 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17513 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17514 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17515 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17517 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17518 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17523 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17524 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17525 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17526 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17527 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17528 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17531 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17532 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17534 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17538 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17541 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17544 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17545 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17546 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17549 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17552 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17553 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17554 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17562 #include "elf64-target.h"
17564 /* FreeBSD support */
17566 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17567 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17569 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17570 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17571 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17572 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17575 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17578 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17580 #include "elf64-target.h"